You are on page 1of 320

LIFTING EQUIPMENTS

Lifting equipment, also known as lifting gear, is a general term for any equipment that
can be used for lifting loads. This includes jacks, block and tackle, hoists, rotating screws,
gantries, A frames, gin poles, shear legs, sheerleg, windlasses, lifting harnesses, fork lifts,
hydraulic lifting pads, air lift bags, and cranes.

JACK

A jack is a mechanical device used as a lifting device to lift heavy loads or apply great
forces. Jacks employ a screw thread or hydraulic cylinder to apply very high linear forces.
A mechanical jack is a device which lifts heavy equipment. The most common form is a
car jack, floor jack or garage jack which lifts vehicles so that maintenance can be
performed.
More powerful jacks use hydraulic power to provide more lift over greater distances.
Mechanical jacks are usually rated for a maximum lifting capacity ( for example, 1.5 tons
or 3 tons).

BLOCK AND TACKLE


A block and tackle is a system of two or more pulleys with a rope or cable threaded
between them, usually used to lift or pull heavy loads.

1
The pulleys are assembled to form blocks and then blocks are paired so that one is fixed
and one moves with the load. The rope is threaded, or reeved, through the pulleys to
provide mechanical advantage that amplifies that force applied to the rope.
A block is a set of pulleys or "sheaves" mounted on a single axle. The assembly of two
blocks with a rope threaded through the pulleys is called tackle. A block and tackle
system amplifies the tension force in the rope to lift heavy loads. They are common on
boats and sailing ships, where tasks are often performed manually.

HOISTS
A hoist is a device used for lifting or lowering a load by means of a drum or lift-wheel
around which rope or chain wraps. It may be manually operated, electrically or
pneumatically driven and may use chain, fibre or wire rope as its lifting medium. The
load is attached to the hoist by means of a lifting hook.

Types of hoist
The basic hoist has two important characteristics to define it: lifting medium and power
type. The lifting medium is either wire rope, wrapped around a drum, or load- chain,
raised by a pulley with a special profile to engage the chain. The power can be provided
2
by different means. Common means are hydraulics, electrical and air driven motors. Both
the wire rope hoists and chain hoists have been in common use.

CRANE
A crane is a type of machine, generally equipped with a hoist, wire ropes or chains, and
sheaves, that can be used both to lift and lower materials and to move them horizontally.
it is mainly used for lifting heavy things and transporting them to other places. It uses one
ore more simple machine to create mechanical advantage and thus move loads beyond the
normal capability of a human. Cranes are commonly employed in a transport industry for
the loading and unloading of freight, in the construction industry for the movement of
materials and in manufacturing industry for the assembling of heavy equipment.

3
06-May-14

 Material-handling equipment is
equipment that relate to the movement,
storage, control and protection of materials,
goods and products throughout the process
of manufacturing, distribution, consumption
and disposal. Material handling equipment is
the mechanical equipment involved in the
complete system.Material handling
equipment is generally separated into four
main categories: storage and handling
equipment, engineered systems, industrial
1
trucks, and bulk material handling.
2

 Material handling equipment is used to increase output,  Storage and handling equipment
control costs, and maximize productivity. There are
several ways to determine if the material-handling Storage and handling equipment is a
equipment is achieving peak efficiency. These include category within the material-handling
capturing all relevant data related to the warehouse’s industry. The equipment that falls under this
operation, measuring how many times an item is description is usually non-automated storage
“touched” from the time it is ordered until it leaves the
building, making sure you are using the proper picking equipment. Products such as pallet
technology, and keeping system downtime to a racking, shelving and carts, among others,
minimum. A special analytical data-set known as Stock- belong to storage and handling. Many of
keeping units (SKUs) has been devised to aid analysis these products are often referred to as
of materials handling, which is obviously less efficient
when a material asset is handled any more than a "catalog" items because they generally have
minimally necessary number of times. globally accepted standards and are often
sold as stock materials out of Material
handling catalogs.
3 4

 Industrial trucks
 Engineered systems Industrial trucks usually refer to operator
Equipment and utensils used for driven motorized warehouse vehicles,
processing or otherwise handling powered manually, by gasoline, propane
or electrically. Industrial trucks assist the
edible product or ingredients must be
material-handling system with versatility;
of such material and construction to they can go where engineered systems
facilitate thorough cleaning and to cannot. Forklift trucks are the most
ensure that their use will not cause the common example of industrial trucks but
adulteration of product during certainly aren't the extent of the
processing, handling, or storage. category. Tow tractors and stock chasers
Equipment and utensils must be are additional examples of industrial
maintained in sanitary condition so as trucks. Their greatest advantage lies in
not to adulterate or contaminate the wide range of attachments available;
product. these increase the truck ability to handle
various types and shapes of material.
5 6

1
06-May-14

 Bulk material handling  On-rails transfer cart


On-rails transfer cart is a kind of
Bulk material-handling equipment is material-handling equipment. It moves on
used to move and store bulk materials the rails and can transfer heavy cargoes
such as ore, liquids, and cereals. This or equipment with the weight 1-300t
between the workshops or warehouses in
equipment is often seen on farms, the factory. It is widely used in the line of
mines, shipyards and refineries. metallurgy, coal, heavy manufacturing,
automotive assembly, etc. Its power can
be AC or DC. DC Power has rail transmit
power and battery power, while AC power
includes cable power and slippery touch
line power. In addition, there is the
manual rail transfer cart or towed rail
transfer cart, also called motorized
transfer trolley.

7 8

 Conveyors
Conveyors are another form of material handling.
Conveyors can be used in a multitude of ways from
warehouses to airport baggage handling systems.
Some types of conveyors are unibilt, power and
free, chain, towline and roller conveyor.
 Cantilevered crane loading platform  These principles are guidelines for the
Cantilevered crane loading platforms are application of sound judgment. Some
temporary platforms attached to the face of multi-
storey buildings or structures to allow materials principles are in conflict with others, so
and equipment to be directly loaded on or shifted
off floor levels by cranes during construction or only the situation being designed will
demolition. They may be fixed or rolling and a determine what is correct. The
variety of designs are used including fully
fabricated and demountable types. The platforms principles will be a good checklist for
are supported on needles (cantilevered beams) improvement opportunities.
anchored to the supporting structure.

9 10

An example will be a oil company purchased


1. Planning Principle plastic bottles from an outside manufacturer. The
bottles were packaged in a carton of 12 with
All material handling and storage activities need to separators in between. These cartons were placed
be planned to obtain maximum overall operating on a pallet and shipped out to the company’s oil
efficiency. Material handling planning considers bottling plant. In the plant, the bottles were
every move, every storage need and any delay in dumped onto a filing line and filled with oil. The
order to minimize production costs. empty cartons was conveyed to the packout end of
the filing line and repacked with 12 bottles, closed,
2. System Principle stacked on a pallet and shipped to the customer.
The system concept is that all material handling 3. Material Flow Principle
equipment should work together so that everything
fits. The system principle integrates as many steps It is to provide an operation sequence and
in the process as possible into a single system equipment layout optimizing material flow.
from the vendor through your plant and out to
your customers. It is to integrate as many handling 4. Simplification Principle
activities as is practical into a coordinated system
of operations, covering vendor, receiving, storage,
production, inspection, packaging, warehousing, Using Cost Reduction Formula to simplify handling
shipping, transportation and customer. (Eliminate, combine and reduce unnecessary
movement and/or equipment).
11 12

2
06-May-14

5. Gravity Principle 8. Mechanization Principle

There are many ways to make use of gravity to move It is to add power to eliminate manual moving. Mechanization
materials between workstations. Thus, utilize gravity to move implies the use of mechanical tools to aid in the movement of
material wherever possible. material.

6. Space Utilization Principle 9. Automation Principle

It is to make optimum utilization of the cubic capacity of the Automatic storage and retrieval systems place material into
warehouse. Racks, mezzanines and overhead conveyors are a storage racks automatically and remove it when needed.
few of the material handling equipments that maximize space Many machines are automatic because material handling
utilization. equipment loads and unloads the machine. Automation is the
way of the future, thus even users of the manual system
must consider when it can be justified. Provide automation to
7. Unit Size Principle include production, handling and storage functions.

Strength, durability, versatility, weight, size, cost and ease of


use must all be considered when choosing a unit load. It is to 10. Equipment Selection Principle
increase the quantity, size, or weight of unit loads or flow
rate. In selecting handling equipment consider all aspects of the
material being handled – the movement and the method to
be used.

13 14

11. Standardization Principle 13. Dead Weight Principle

It is to standardize handling methods as well as types and Do not buy equipment that is bigger than necessary. Tare
sizes of handling equipment. Cost of material handling weight refers to the weight of the packaging material.
systems can be grouped into two categories: the cost of Products are packaged to prevent damage while moving.
ownership of the system (includes the initial purchase price However, packaging is expensive and it costs as much as the
and the subsequent maintenance costs) and the cost of product to ship this tare weight. Thus, the goal is to reduce
operation of the system (includes cost of training personnel to the tare weight and save money.
use the system safely, energy cost and other direct and
indirect costs associated with the use of the system). An
example will be choosing a material handling equipment and 14. Utilization Principle
stay with that brand, type and size because spare parts
inventory, maintenance and operation of this equipment will Material handling equipment and operators should be used
be most cost efficient. fully. Identifying the work required, the number of times per
day and the time required per move will help manage the
workload of both labour and equipment. Plan for optimum
12. Adaptability Principle utilization of handling equipment and manpower.
Use methods and equipment that can best perform a variety 15. Maintenance Principle
of tasks and applications where special purpose equipment is Material handling equipment must be maintained.
not justified. Examples will be the purchasing of standard size Preventive maintenance (periodic and planned) is cheaper
pallets that will handle a range of parts and purchasing of than emergency maintenance. Hence, a preventive
storage equipments that can store a wide variety of products. maintenance program including schedules must be developed
In this way, change will be less costly. for each piece of material handling equipment.

15 16

Pallets, storage facilities need to be repair. Missing slats on 18. Capacity Principle
pallets can cause product damage and safety problems. Thus,
plan for preventive maintenance and scheduled repairs of all Use handling equipment to help achieve desired production capacity.
handling equipments.
19. Performance Principle
16. Obsolescence Principle
As equipment wears out, good maintenance records will help It is to determine effectiveness of handling performance in terms of
identify worn-out equipments. Replace obsolete handling expense per unit handled. Material handling labour moves material and a
methods and equipment when more efficient methods or measurement of output could be units of materials moved. Input is
equipment will improve operations. labour hours. Therefore, productivity can be improved by increasing the
units of material moved or reducing the labour hours.
17. Control Principle Performance of material handling can also be calculated by ratios:
Percent of Material Handling = (material handling hours)/(total labour
Materials are costly and material handling systems can be a hours)
part of the inventory control system. With the aid of Performance includes a lot more than labour. Segregating material
technology (e.g. conveyor, RFID, barcode), quality inspection, handling cost from total operation costs would result in a better ratio.
inventory control and item tracking can be incorporated into
the material handling systems. It will reduce or eliminate the
need to count or track the material physically. A good 20. Safety Principle
material handling system allows a tremendous savings in
operation time and significant improved costs, accuracy and Manual handling is probably the most dangerous method of material
reliability. Hence, use material handling activities to improve handling. Material handling equipment can also be a source of safety
problems, so safety methods, procedures and training must be part of
control of production inventory and order handling. any material handling plan. It is management responsibility to provide a
safe work environment. Safety considerations must be a major factor in
selecting material handling equipment. Therefore, it is important to
provide suitable methods and equipment for safe handling.
17 18

3
HOISTS

0
Hoists

A hoist is a device used for lifting or lowering a load by means of a drum or


lift-wheel around which rope or chain wraps. It may be manually operated,
electrically or pneumatically driven and may use chain, fiber or wire rope as its
lifting medium. The load is attached to the hoist by means of a lifting hook.

TYPES OF HOISTS
The basic hoist has two important characteristics to define it: Lifting medium
and power type. The lifting medium is either wire rope, wrapped around a drum, or
load-chain, raised by a pulley with a special profile to engage the chain. The power
can be provided by different means. Common means are hydraulics, electrical and
air driven motors. Both the wire rope hoist and chain hoist have been in common
use since the 1800s. However; Mass production of an electric hoist did not start
until the early 1900s and was first adapted by Germany. A hoist can be built as one
integral-package unit, designed for cost-effective purchasing and moderate use, or
it can be built as a built-up custom unit, designed for durability and performance.
The built-up hoist will be much more expensive, but will also be easier to repair
and more durable. Package units were once regarded as being designed for light to
moderate usage, but since the 60s this has changed. Built-up units are designed for
heavy to severe service, but over the years that market has decreased in size since
the advent of the more durable packaged hoist. A machine shop or fabricating shop
will use an integral-package hoist, while a Steel Mill or NASA would use a built-
up unit to meet durability, performance, and reparability requirements. NASA has
also seen a change in the use of package hoists. The NASA Astronaut training
pool, for example, utilizes cranes with packaged hoists.
Wire Rope Hoist or Chain Hoist

Builder's hoist, with small gasolineengine

More commonly used hoist in today's worldwide market is an electrically


powered hoist. These are either the chain type or the wire rope type.

Nowadays many hoists are package hoists, built as one unit in a single
housing, generally designed for ten-year life, but the life calculation is based on an
industry standard when calculating actual life. See the Hoists Manufacturers
Institute site[1] for true life calculation which is based on load and hours used. In
today's modern world for the North American market there are a few governing
bodies for the industry. The Overhead Alliance is a group that represents Crane
Manufacturers Association of America (CMAA), Shanghai WANBO Hoisting
Machinery(VANBON), Hoist Manufacturers Institute (HMI), and Monorail
Manufacturers Association (MMA). These product counsels of the Material
Handling Industry of America have joined forces to create promotional materials to
raise the awareness of the benefits to overhead lifting. The members of this group
are marketing representatives of the member companies.

Common small portable hoists are of two main types, the chain hoist or chain
block and the wire rope or cable type. Chain hoists may have a lever to actuate the
hoist or have a loop of operating chain that one pulls through the block (known
traditionally as a chain fall) which then activates the block to take up the main
lifting chain.

A ratchet lever hoist (come-along).

A hand powered hoist with a ratchet wheel is known as a "ratchet lever hoist"
or, colloquially, a "come-along". The original hoist of this type was developed by
Abraham madam of Deep Creek, Colorado about 1919, and later commercialized
by his son, Felber Masada, about 1946. It has been copied by many manufacturers
in recent decades. A similar heavy duty unit with a combination chain and cable
became available in 1935 that was used by railroads, but lacked the success of the
cable-only type units.[2]

Ratchet lever hoists have the advantage that they can usually be operated in
any orientation, for pulling, lifting or binding. Chain block type hoists are usually
suitable only for vertical lifting.
For a given rated load wire rope is lighter in weight per unit length but
overall length is limited by the drum diameter that the cable must be wound onto.
The lift chain of a chain hoist is far larger than the lift wheel over which chain may
function. Therefore, a high-performance chain hoist may be of significantly
smaller physical size than a wire rope hoist rated at the same working load.

A differential pulley chain hoist

Both systems fail over time through fatigue fractures if operated repeatedly at
loads more than a small percentage of their tensile breaking strength. Hoists are
often designed with internal clutches to limit operating loads below this threshold.
Within such limits wire rope rusts from the inside outward while chain links are
markedly reduced in cross section through wear on the inner surfaces. Regular
lubrication of both tensile systems is recommended to reduce frequency of
replacement. High speed lifting, greater than about 60 feet per minute
(18.3 m/min), requires wire rope wound on a drum, because chain over a pocket
wheel generates fatigue-inducing resonance for long lifts.

The unloaded wire rope of small hand-powered hoists often exhibits a snarled
"set", making the use of a chain hoist in this application less frustrating, but
heavier. In addition, if the wire in a wire hoist fails, it can whip and cause injury,
while a chain will simply break.

"Chain hoist" also describes a hoist using a differential pulley system, in which
a compound pulley with two different radii and teeth engage an endless chain,
allowing the exerted force to be multiplied according to the ratio of the radii.
Construction hoists

A hoist on the Trump International Hotel & Tower-Chicago

Also known as a Man-Lift, Buckhoist, temporary elevator, builder hoist,


passenger hoist or construction elevator, this type of hoist is commonly used on
large scale construction projects, such as high-rise buildings or major
hospitals.[3] There are many other uses for the construction elevator. Many other
industries use the buckhoist for full-time operations, the purpose being to carry
personnel, materials, and equipment quickly between the ground and higher floors,
or between floors in the middle of a structure. There are three types: Utility to
move material, personnel to move personnel, and dual-rated, which can do both.[4]

The construction hoist is made up of either one or two cars (cages) which
travel vertically along stacked mast tower sections. The mast sections are attached
to the structure or building every 25 feet (7.62 m) for added stability. For precisely
controlled travel along the mast sections, modern construction hoists use a
motorized rack-and-pinion system that climbs the mast sections at various speeds.

While hoists have been predominantly produced in Europe and the United
States, China is emerging as a manufacturer of hoists to be used in Asia.

In the United States and abroad, General Contractors and various other
industrial markets rent or lease hoists for a specific projects. Rental or leasing
companies provide erection, dismantling, and repair services to their hoists to
provide General Contractors with turnkey services. Also, the rental and leasing
companies can provide parts and service for the elevators that are under contract.
Mine hoists

A water-powered mine hoist used for raising ore from De re metallica.

In underground mining a hoist or winder[5] is used to raise and lower conveyances


within the mine shaft. Human, animal and water power were used to power the
mine hoists documented in Agricola's De Re Metallica, published in
1556. Stationary steam engines were commonly used to power mine hoists through
the 19th century and into the 20th, as at the Quincy Mine, where a 4-cylinder
cross-compound corliss engine was used.[6]Modern hoists are powered using
electric motors, historically with direct current drives utilizing solid-state
converters (thyristors); however, modern large hoists use alternating current drives
that are variable-frequencycontrolled.[5] There are three principal types of hoists
used in mining applications, Drum Hoists, Friction (or Kope) hoists and Blair
multi-rope hoists.
COMPONENTS OF HOISTS

Bridge Drive Button

Chain Chain Sprocket


Conductor Bar Failsafe Brake

Friction Clutch Hoist motor

Hook Mendel Brake


Push –button Rigging Parts

Sheave Small Inverter

Travel Limit Switch Vacuum Pads


VDF Wire Rope

PARTS OF HOISTING EQUIPMENT


It has already been stated that most of the hoisting equipment utilize
common type of parts like chain, wire rope, chain or rope drums, pulleys, lifting
attachments like hook, grabs etc. A brief discussion of these parts has been
included in this section. However, the parts used in elevators are different, and
have been discussed under the chapter on elevators. Similarly other specific parts
associated with individual equipment have been discussed along with discussion of
the respective equipment.

Chain and Chain Sprockets


The types of chains used in hoisting equipment are (1) welded load chains
and (ii) roller chains. Welded chains are used in low capacity hoisting machines
(hoists, winches, hand operated cranes etc.) as the main lifting appliance as slings
for suspending load from the hook or other lifting attachments. Welded calibrated
chains are employed as hand operated chain for driving the traction wheels of
hoists and hand operated overhead cranes (hoists and cranes are referred in
sections 8.2 and 8.5 respectively). Welded chains are manufactured by joining one
gap of individual chain links by hammer hot forging or by resistance welding of
two half links. Resistance welded chains are more accurate and have increased
strength. Disadvantages of the welded chain are their (i) heavy weight,
(ii) Susceptibility to jerks and overloads, (iii) heavy wear of the links, (iv) low safe
speed of movement, (v) sudden failure without previous indication etc. On the
other hand the advantages are their (i) flexibility in all directions, (ii) possibility of
using small sized pulleys and drums, (iii) simple design and manufacturing process
etc. The diameter of welded chain pulleys or drums are, however, should not be
less than 20d, where d is the diameter of rod of each link.

Steel Wire Ropes and Drums


Steel wire ropes are extensively used as a flexible lifting media in
hoisting machinery. The major advantages of using steel wire ropes compared to
chains are the following:

(i) Lighter weight


(ii) Flexibility of operation. Load can be lifted with connecting ropes making
large angles with the vertical.
(iii) Greater reliability of operation. Rope does not give away suddenly without
any notice. The outer layers of the wire ropes undergo intensive wear and
always break from outside. This gives prior warning for changing of the
rope before complete failure.
(iv) Wire rope is less susceptible to damages from jerks which are very
common in hoisting operations. Wire ropes are made from steel wires, cold
drawn and specially heat treated to an ultimate strength of 130 to 200
kg/mm2. Number of steel wires is twisted to make into a strand and number
of such strands is twisted over a core made of hemp, asbestos or wire of
softer steel. Constructional details and breaking strength of steel wire ropes
are specified in Indian Standard IS: 2266:1989, "Steel Wire Ropes for
General Engineering Purposes-Specification". Cross section of a few
selected wire ropes as per above is shown in Fig. 8.1.4.

Rope drums
The purpose of a rope drum is to store length of wire rope on the face of the
drum. Wire rope under tension from the weight of the load being lifted, can be
coiled in by rotating the drum, and uncoiled by rotating the drum in opposite
direction.

Life of wire rope depends on the —D/d ratio and number of bends the rope has to
undergo.

D = drum diameter and d = diameter of the rope. The diameter d of rope is


measured over a pair of opposite strands. The minimum permissible diameter of a
rope drum or pulley is found from the relation:

D>e1 e2 d

Where, D = drum/pulley diameter measured over the bottom of the rope groove,
mm

d = rope diameter, mm
el = factor depending on the type of hoisting equipment and its service

e2 = factor depending on rope construction. It is generally taken to be lfor cross


lay and 0.9 for parallel lay.

Pulleys and Pulley Systems


Pulleys can be of two designs—fixed and movable. Fixed pulleys having fixed
axles are also called guiding pulleys as they help to change the direction of the
flexible element (wire rope in the case of hoisting equipment).

Use of each pulley increases the pull or effort on the rope, because of the
resistance offered by the pulleys. Pulley resistance arises out of resistance of the
rope to bending over the pulley and frictional resistance in the pulley bearings.

Moveable pulleys have movable axles to which either a load or effort is applied.
Accordingly, there are two applications of movable pulleys, firstly for a gain in
force and secondly for a gain in speed. The two applications of movable pulley
have been shown in Fig. 8.1.5. For the figure shown in 8.1.5(a), the distance 'S'
travelled by the point in rope where effort 'Z' is applied is equal to twice the height
, to which the load 'Q' is raised.

S = 2h and c = 2v.

where c = speed rope and v = speed of load.

The effort Z = E So, where E is called pulley factor of resistance.

We have Z + So= Q and 2Z0 = Q.


Arresting Gears and Brakes
In hoisting equipment, use of arresting gears or brakes is of paramount
importance to prevent the raised load from getting lowered of its own weight,
when the raising effort is withdrawn. Arresting gear is used to hold the load lifted
by winches. The common arresting gears are

(a) Pawl and ratchet mechanism i.e. ratchet gearing. This comprises of ratchet
wheel and a pawl. The ratchet teeth can be arranged external or internal to the
wheel. The teeth are so designed that the ratchet wheel runs free over the pawl
when the load is being raised, but the pawl gets engaged with ratchet tooth
when the ratchet wheel tries to rotate in opposite direction (lowering direction
of load). During lowering of load, the pawl has to be kept deliberately away
from ratchet path.

(b) Roller ratchet or roller clutch is used as an arresting gear in combination with
a brake.

Brakes are used for dual purpose of holding the suspended load at rest and for
controlling the speed of lowering of load.

Some of these brakes are to be operated while some are automatic. Operated
brakes include shoe, band, cone, disk brakes etc.. Centrifugal brakes and brakes
applied by weight of the load are the automatic types.

Actuation of the operated brakes may be through pulling a handle or by pressing


a pedal which are termed as mechanical brakes. Actuation can be through
energizing magnet by AC or DC electricity (electromagnetic brakes) or may be by
hydraulic means (electro-hydraulic thrust or brakes).

The electromagnetic brakes and electrohydraulic thrust or brakes can be used as


controlled brakes. Moreover, these brakes can also be used as fail safe device.
Normally these are in open condition (brake is not engaged), but actuates when the
power fails. Fig. 8.1.8 shows line diagrams of an electromagnetic brake and a
thrust or brake.
Load Handling Attachments
The common attachments used with various hoisting equipment are (A) hooks, (B)
grabs of different types, (C) grab buckets for bulk load, (D) ladles for liquid
materials, (E) electro magnets etc. These different attachments are discussed
below:

(A) Hooks: The common method of lifting unit load by hoisting equipment is
to sling the load by chain or rope and suspended it from the hook of the
hoisting equipment. To facilitate handling of loads by hook, many
manufactured goods or packages are provided with hooking facilities
(rings, bails, holes etc. through which a hook may be readily introduced).
After forging and machining operations, the hooks are annealed. The
inner diameter of the hook should be sufficient to accommodate two strands
of chain or wire rope. The load is always carried by four elements sling
with two loops. The body of the hook is generally of trapezoidal section
while it ends at the top in a round section working under tension. The top
part of the shank is threaded for suspension from a crosspiece. Hooks are
mandatorily to be tested under testing load and got certified before use.
Some of the common types of hooks are as follows:
(i) Standard hooks are the most commonly used hooks which have a
single curved horn.

(ii) Rarnshorn hooks have two horns like that of a ram. Saddles of each
horn are smaller than the saddle of a standard hook of same capacity.
(iii) Solid triangular eye hooks are used in cranes of capacity over 100
tons. The disadvantage of these hooks is that the sling rope must be
passed through the eye first, before they are attached to the load.
(iv) Hinged triangular hooks are made up of a few components, and
are much simpler to produce. Fig. 8.1.9 shows line diagrams of
standard, ransom and hinged triangular hooks.

(B) Grabs: For quick suspension and release of typical types of loads, certain
specific grabs are used. The special performance requirements of these
grabs are:
(i) Conformation to the shape and properties of the load.
(ii) Quick grabbing and releasing.
(iii) Adequate strength and reliability.
(iv) Safety to men and loads.
(v) Convenience of use.
(vi) Low weight.
Some of the common grabs in use are briefed below:
(a) Carrier beams are employed to lift long and heavy loads. Fig. 8.1.11 shows a
carrier beam with adjustable shackles from which the loads are suspended.
(b) Crane grabs and clamps of different styles are used for handling different
types of load.

(i) carrier type grabs are used for carrying short or long shafts.

(ii) Clamps are used to grip sheet or plate type loads.

Following Fig. 8.1.12 exhibits a few types of grabs and clamps

(b) Self-closing tongs are used for automatic grabbing of different shapes. The
tongs are made self-closing to avoid manual intervention during grabbing. Fig.
8.1.13 shows a few self-closing tongs.
(C) Grabbiug attachments are used for lifting loose/bulk materials by means
of a crane and transferring them. There are basically two types of these
grabbing attachments for loose materials:
(a) Tubs: These are box type structures made from steel sheets. The tubs
are provided with doors at the bottom or sides which can he opened by
pulling a rope from the crane for automatic dumping of the contents inside
the tub. However, these tubs have to be filled up manually or by using
some other materials handling equipment. The tubs are provided with bails
for suspend-ing them from a crane hook.
(b) Grab buckets: These are specially designed bucket attachments which
scoop loose materials and dump them mechanically through manipulation
of ropes from the crane. Grab buckets are used for handling large amount
of loose materials through cranes.
The bucket essentially consists of two clam shell like scoops with rounded
bottoms which are hung by four rods from a top cross-member. The inner
ends of the scoops are also hung from another movable cross-member. All
the joints are provided with pins for pivot action. The top and bottom cross-
members are suspended through ropes from a crane.
(D) Ladles:
Ladles made from plate steel and having a refractory lining are used for
carrying hot liquid metal. Small ladles or crucibles may be handled
manually. But large ladles are conveyed in ladle cars, but more commonly
by cranes. A crane ladle essentially has a bail. Smaller ladles may be tilted
(for pouring) manually and medium size ladles by hand wheel actuated
mechanism. However, large ladles are tilted by special devices actuated
from the crane itself.
(F.) Electromagnets:
Electro lifting magnets are used to handle magnetic materials of differ-
end shapes and sizes like ingots, steel structural (beams, rails etc.), plates,
scraps, pigs, metal chips etc. The particular advantage of using magnets for
lifting is that it does not need any time for fixing or releasing of the load. It
is also very convenient for stacking of such items to a large height without
labour. However, electromagnet has the risk of materials falling off in the
event of a power failure. The other disadvantage is the large weight of the
magnet itself which reduces the capacity of the hoisting crane.
Electromagnets are particularly popular in steel plants, fabrication yards
and scrap yards. The magnets are generally hung from the crane hook
through chain slings.
LOAD HANDLING ATTACHMENTS

The common attachments used with various hoisting equipment


are (A) Hooks
(B) Grabs of different types
(C) Grab buckets for bulk load
(D) Ladles for liquid materials
(E) Electro magnets etc.

These different attachments are discussed below:


(A) HOOKS: The common method of lifting unit load by hoisting
equipment is to sling the load by chain or rope and suspended it from
the hook of the hoisting equipment. To facilitate handling of loads by
hook, many manufactured goods or packages are provided with
hooking facilities (rings, bails, holes etc. through which a hook may
be readily introduced). After forging and machining operations, the
hooks are annealed. The inner diameter of the hook should be
sufficient to accommodate two strands of chain or wire rope. The load
is always
carried by four elements sling with two loops. The body of the hook is
generally of trapezoidal section while it ends at the top in a round
section working under tension. The top part of the shank is threaded
for suspension from a crosspiece. Hooks are mandatorily to be tested
under
testing load and got certified before use.
Open hooks may be used only in special cases where it is
ensured that no hazard to personnel, nearby objects or materials will
be created during the lifting operation. The load must always be set
squarely within the hook bowl. The hook’s safety latch must be of
suffi cient strength and laterally supported to be able to fully
withstand the loading and operating stresses.

Some of the common types of hooks are as follows:

1
(i) Standard hooks are the most commonly used hooks which have a
single curved horn.
(ii) Ramshorn hooks have two horns like that of a ram. Saddles of
each horn is smaller than the saddle of a standard hook of same
capacity. Ramshorn hooks are designed specifically for lifting heavy
loads and are commonly used throughout the marine lifting industry.
The twin hook design makes it ideal for use with two webbing slings-
this design assists greatly with load distribution, prevents any lifting
sling damage and avoid chocking at the hook. Ramshorn hooks are
commonly used with heavy lifting cranes and are found extensively in
containers and shipping ports.
(iii) Solid triangular eye hooks are used in cranes of capacity over
100 tons. The disadvantage of these hooks is that the sling rope must
be passed through the eye first, before they are attached to the load.
(iv) Hinged triangular hooks are made up of a few components, and
are much simpler to produce.

2
Ramshorn Hook Hinged triangular hook

(B) GRABS: For quick suspension and release of typical types of


loads, certain specific grabs are used.

The special performance requirements of these grabs are:


 quick grabbing and releasing.
 conformation to the shape and properties of the load.
 adequate strength and reliability.
 safety to men and loads.
3
 convenience of use.
 low weight.

Some of the common grabs in use are briefed below:

(a) Carrier beams are employed to lift long and heavy loads. Figure
shows a carrier beam with adjustable shackles from which the loads
are suspended.

(b) Crane grabs and clamps of different styles are used for handling
different types of load.
(i) carrier type grabs are used for carrying short or long shafts
(ii) Clamps are used to gripsheet or plate type loads.

4
c) self closing tongs are used for automatic grabbing of different
shapes. The tongs are made self closing to avoid manual intervention
during grabbing. Figure shows a few self closing tongs.

Figures of grabs

(C) CLAMPS: Clamps are used for lifting plates and sheets,
profiled products and pipes. The holding force is typically based
on the grip between the clamp’s toothed eccentric cam and the
5
surface of the lifted item.

Parts of lifting clamps


1. Body
2. Lifting eye
3. Cam segment
4. Safety latch
5. Spring
6. Cam segment shaft
7. Lifting eye shaft
8. Pivot

6
Lifting clamps must show the following markings:
 working load limit
 minimum and maximum thickness or width of lifted items
 production/serial number
 name of manufacturer/supplier
 CE marking

When using clamps

7
 Check that the clamp is in order and suitable for use and that the surface
hardness of the lifted item does not exceed the maximum surface hardness
permitted for the clamp.
 The clamp must be compatible with the lifting appliance’s hook and, if
necessary, a chain sling with a sufficiently large ring must be used.
 Do not exceed the working load limit.
 Check that the contact surface is free of scale, paint, dirt, ice, grease or
other substances that may weaken the holding capacity.
 Always observe the designated loading direction of the clamp. The clamp
must be positioned to follow the lifting direction of the sling.
 Pendular motion of the fastened item must be prevented, as this can
damage the clamp’s cam teeth. When lifting long plates or sheets, two or
more clamps and lifting booms should be used.
 Lift only one plate or sheet at a time when vertical lifting with a
plate/sheet lifter.
 At least two pairs of horizontal clamps should be normally used. Do not
exceed the maximum sling angle specified by the clamp manufacturer.
 When turning or moving, always keep the end of the plate/sheet or lifted
load towards you. Lifting above personnel is strictly forbidden.
 Wear of the contact surfaces of the lifting clamp’s cam segment and
counter jaw must be monitored and inspection intervals shortened as
necessary.
 If the clamp has undergone repair, its operation must be checked by
means of a test lift.

8
0123345628829
58 13 28 142
 !"#!$$%&'"(%)(
$%&#("!*%"+,-,.#.*%%)($%&#("!*%"+,.#
. "!,/).++""#$$".(")%))($ '
01234567849:3:3;
<+),""!=)++)(%(!%(,""!>,$"(%"#)
(")"%%)
+"!"#+ )#)',$()"%%)+))'
?"%%),""!#. "!,#"),+("#)"!",$""@
A%&B#CD
AB!=)& )E$"F).G)>
A-+(
H IJKLMNOPQMMROSTKUVUNWX
F#%&B#CD")%)(("!%+#,""###+."!#
"#
%,$.$%&)")+"+#'F#$%&#"),%(#(.$,#"#
$
,(%+(( =%.."!>!#..#$"!D("###++
"#
#(%""()'F#$,"))%++(.,#"Y"!=) "!>.,
,%(
#%("!#"#,)#%,")%. )'F#,"
(")#!(.,#$%&)")!%"(($%"!!#$,(
0124561782628092
7 7 6159 2 805 7475947015206829
652 012 7 6159 2
4
17610958 29 01245029759859 0958 90507812 7 6159 246585 
9050278 228 2800124578405677050268287280 7 6159 255670620
122265509 45 05905041958 2622 
419

!620122265509
65567041
" #$%&'()*+,-.+/0%$'12),34$2'5+,6$7+2
12!2085 894 0127820228012!620812296550958 012 98 6829
50
0124782
:72012620122265509012205 85 15 078 228 280 25258 
524
25617015206829
4802 858 2028 78 8270129 7 2012
8 29659975 270169529 ;820124 926272 0124502975  7 6159 2 94012
62012226550958 0958 29 7000120129 7 6159 2417610958 90 012
45029750012 98 682955670205 815 02450612 7010150620
122265509097 25450612   024
" <=2$)>$2
0131456161789
3 6813  31 633581 81 3
53
633  8

58
9 68  8
7
6173
 8 
3 353
63 8
561


53
63 3
8
 
13

18 534
59
3 36 31
 853561
6  

98 9
3

53
636 3 7
 85 


33 8
6  31 98
 8 
 9
3
8137 8181
48 
 9
3
89
3
61811 6816 3
!"#!66 3 7
 
618561753
6381 
7 8181
48  8 

 81
48 
81 



66178858 
 9
3

81
48  31 
 
53
63  8318 
81
48 
998
81
38176 3 7
88566 3 7
61 8396

8856 393
8
617
931
81
313 8 

81 
 998 6171
3 637
 1161781 3

 8$96617853
63
6

%6
8 
598 3 4 8 37



1 
 65
6 6 

6
31 
 65
6 6 
8 58
 8


1
  37

53
636 

6
313 86 3 7
81
 81
48 3 7 81




6 33 7
 317
8 9
3
8 6

1 39963 681 313936 6


%695
1 534 317

 85&'5 858
 31&('561
17 316 3 7
3936 49 8)*'''5&+

,9
3
 
8
633936 4))-''5&+
./012"3!4567!189:

 8$96617853
636 
%6
8 
598 3 4 8 37



1 
 65
6 6 

6
31
0120452404676289
59 2809012 2 060212502
446
224 28 8698461
289 
20
9 29
60
97 82 2
 
12602
4676289

2
4 01260942!4010124 954 502
4
12514 20
 269 
46!401012502
428094001
971012
89 29
20!22 012

46"046
9 4828!401995!401209 29
!1414659 287 889! !40101212
9!4
2
9269
18
7466025#22 84 9 012 4049 $0122 04
2995660255
69262!289 0126760
707
2!1410
 269 !1226
7 4 9 012
4612502
4
954 9 012
89 29
46
46280
4 2
0012809012602
 88461
284 09012
9959 29
!141

426012502
47094062 8 89!64009099
560942
12514 20
 269 04 797609 8
969010012424674072
2


 %&'()*'+*,-
12
2452
4676280947012502
4
95012609429
9 !
884601.
9004 
!122!401 752
97206
97 80124
752
2 246597 02800122 899 74 
 8
62!4 995 87064 0901242!40109 8
9
90
59 252 069012995
966012
4212
502
442870127206468461
289 099 29

7 4 9 012995
1299546597 0289 
9004 
5267 9
0289 0127 82


42!1410
 269 
!12269

46
7 4 9 0120
129959 29
8461
2012502
400122 0
29012
514 2

95!12
24059 2689! 09012
97 89 29
!141
7 620!22 0120
 2
46
/404269720!122
2452
6  
!482
950120231
0902$2220231
$995
2 01


9542509525
0 1234568955
 53
5
 
695 5256695 65
  345!2"#6956#34
5$% 3  36 #&
5
2$5#"3 5$
!5 5 66 395!6#  #"5!
5#' 39 "#3 695
 65
"#
695
5&(95 65
 $#2966##5 !5#"695
5 !" 

%
# !5!#6#6953#'5%#
2 

# !56956#34
5&
)55! #695
%#26#"6956#34% !*'  #2!5 #"6953 553
5 5
5
#%5!&+
#5!5 695 65
 #'5!!#,"#695
5$%2  45 !695 345!2$%695
3 5
$
!5&
 -./0/
(9 3#$  6 # 39 5!#5695"236 ##"$#69 16 345 ! 1234568955
 53
5&
+6 $  3

% 
6#695$23456,955
53
5*$26, 69695$##3#'5%#  5'5 $
5
#5"#
6 34 #5 6 #* !
#9  6 5 66 395!6# 6"#"55!   6953 5#"6956 345&
(9 
 39 5  53## 3
#
26 #"#6#34% !,9556 34  !53
  #6522 5!
 2
6 5#2
%&
12343564

789
9
534264535642525443354234253242542!"#2235$%235234434
$4$544242432$4532343564"
&2532234356445435442234535422$34"124222'535244345
35622$3424234'2%$6444344322454323442'4$645"(32254444222$
234354)$4454232$343564453"
*
1234356453$25
01234
67889
8

8
8
 8
 99
8

99
 
7889
7

 
787


7
 
!8
78 98
 8

7
"
#8

8#8
7
897 #89
99
 878 

$%2&'(4
)
78
998
 
9
7 *
78
8

78
 8 87
98 
 
8
78 
)
78
79
"8
 9989
9
7 *
78
9
98+7

99
78
8

98 

8,"9

78
8


7 
"8 8
98 
 8
 9989*
8"97 +

9 8
77
!8
8

78
"78
98

" 78

7 

8

78
8
98 
!88
8
 8
8 + 
9+
78
98
98+7

78
7 
- 9989
9
7 
 8
8

8
8 7 
!8
8" 8


8
8
7
7 
. 

7 

9 
"
+ 878
7

78
/89
"80
7
 
9
7 
- 9989
9
7 
7
7 
8

98 
#8
78
7 "7 
1 998 *
6898

2 +7

$312&425334
)
  98*
 9
8
 8
"
7 

78
#8

89

98 

8
9 
89 99
#8

87 8
7
7
987
8
98

8
8 +

9 

78
 78
 87 
7
77

78
"78
98 
6 9
8

8
 8 8

"


77
78
 8
 77 +
 
8
77

"8
78 
78
8
7 ,"8

8 9
68 
!8
8
 9
8
 7
9

"
8
!8
99.8
 9
8

78
"999.8
 9
8

9 
#8

87 8
8

"
8
!8
9.8
 9
8
#8
8

 8
"78
98 

  98
8
!8
#8
78
#7+8
77
78

7 "7 
 8#87
78
887 7 

 7

78
7

+ 878
87787

7
9
 787
78
 
9

9" 7
)
 7 *
78
#8
8

" 78
#8 
 77
#7+8

78
8


 .8
"78
8
7
98#8
78
8

7

78
 8
 8 

$%2&'(3(25334

887
   
9 
/89:80
8
8
/98"0
; +7
9
7 
 8
9 
7

987
9
8

; +7
8+<
9 
/;9880
8
8
/98"0
; +7
9
7 
 8
9 
7

+7
9
8

67 8
8
 8

89

8#8 9
7 
9 
89 99

8

 8
98 
 "

 8
! 
 8

8
8

7 88
78
!8
 7



 8
 8*
8
"

787 
78 9
1 8
 8
 8
78
7
987 98

897 *
"7
#8
78
  8

+877 +
 "8
8 9
!8
8

78*
8
7 
 8*

8
"

8
 7 9
7 

8*


7 99
"8

"8 
!8
7 
78

8887
8
8
 8*

 

78
7
" 98

99
78

8# 87
=7
78

7 8
8
9
#8
8
7 
98
#8
78
 8
/ 8
 8

7889
 80

!8
9
 87 

78
7 

78
8

8
+7
/9
>0

987
/9
60

78
9
 87 

78
8

8
+7
/9
60

987

/9
0
! 
. 

8

998
   
9
8

78
9
 87 

78
8

78
"78
7 


78
 78
 87 
7
78
9

78

"78
7 
7889#8
)
7
78
8

78
"78
7 

78
"78
7 
7889#8
#8
78
8
9
 87 *
78
8

998

8+

?@ABCDEFBGHDCIFC?ABJ?KFCLMNB?@ABDCBO@PQMNB?@ARSBTU?LV7 
8
 8
99
 8

98
8 77
7
77 

#8
7
987
7 
98 

7 
9

89 99
 "

87 8
!8
 87 

78
"78
7 

 78
7
77

78
"8 9 +
7 
98 
;8
7
7 88
7 
98 

8

8 9
 77 +
;8
7
7 
7 
98 
 8
79
9
9  77 +

W9  7 

8
  +
7
"+8

X88 +

8 8
78
 8
"8*
8
8
#8
7
"9 99
 8 87
8," 887
!8
 
"8
 8Y

0 2344546789
 74
789
7

4 8
7 

473 
7
 
7
87
 7

54
45464
84
4 584
0   5847789
 789
 957789
8 38

 877
4 5
87
47
 
7
87
548
  543 3 546

4 5
 7

289
3
87 3 9
4 5847
8
4
 !"#$%7789
 38
789

 8  75 87 
78
7 854 
878 
78 54
75789
& 4
74
'484 7  87344546789
 7789
848  
84 
37 37
8 
78
7 (4
7 

78
787
 8
7


4546753 8 
789
837 5 753 547

 4 

4546 7


7

&5  

4 5
87

4
7

&5  
78
787

0 )5 7
789
 546  74
789
7
3
 874
7583 54 8688 

 546 7
 7

 

4 5
87
3 57 8

4546 7

&
4
4 8
7 
87
87
 79
6
8 
688 
289
75


7
7

457
63 584 87 
789
75
874


 87 789
& 45454654  584 48 
*

54665
4
4 5
87
448 
546 87 865
45

77 58+,8 

4789
5

7 -6
4
75
4 584546
88789
75
 43

5
 

45
7
63 584 3
 
5
55 
0 )87546
39 8789
5 7546877
6
 
487./055 2
1357

4 8 
3
7
0 +8 44 87
 5
546
4 5
87
8765
4
45465

77 58+, 75 55 
4854789

4 5
87
3 
 
7 4

+844 87
+.
0 28 9
 
 87254537
54687
354,4854789

4 5
87
 55  87
5 
* 7

59 87
456789:;:<=>:?@A:
59
5 5469954

0 +5 754643
78&57
7
  

 584 84

789
7
9

4 B545343
78&57
7
 847

7
4
789

46 8C/
DE@FGH:IJ:KLMN:;:O:?@A:G6?P67Q:RSSG6R7TJ
0 U9 5789
5

7&5  
*789

4374
8765
4 

5

7+4
4 5
789
87
387
84857
 84  
789

5

7 83
4
7 83  
7 4 
89 57@SJ:H6R5JPJA:H:V:H@SPW

3 5848 
789
75
55 
9
4 84X
0 + 8 
3
&57
789

0 289

4 5
87

0 +5

7+8 

4,8773
0 59
4546 9
7&87546
& 5
0 2

7
4546 9
7&87546
&7

0 Y854
3 3 546
4 5844
45469
7&87546
&8
0 2
 5
3 3 546
4 5
87

 ,
0 289

4546
46 
0 



&57
789
7
 7

3 3 54687
&
78778 584454
8

* 7

87

789
5
5 545
4 
 
5 
8465
454 9
 58487 


 5848&57
7
 847

7
4
789

46 878 
 5848  &
 8 
7537
 8   
&57
789

4
7
9

87
46
783  5 3 584837 '4  584  83

564
 855 
 
54 9
 5848 
&57
789

Z5 54654  584 879
46
7 74 987  5847
1357
  854 5848

7
8  83
3
 897

4 7789346546
8&4&7 [
 87 3 
7
344 
7546789
4 
6
7289
& 454
85 5463 
9
74
4  39
75

7
984 5
46
74 
789
  8
54 9

64
5
89
8

 546544
7&57
7
 
\
\
\
Y54
1234567895
5 75684943 586


17895
5  9 6 5746 586
 

4

83 5 
1 583 84 48 986 5389 5

756847895
1 5 75 4 9494437438

! 5 5385

7568 484949
8"5 436 #949 8 3 986868$

% & 4868 #8643


9 #" 5 886 9 5 4 9'43

#'43438 3 #" 5 9 52


8
4 " 5(8
9 59
538943 586" 7589 8 5 
8) 2
8 946 78 4*& 8 )869 366 78 428 #5 5 +
8#9 ,
% & 4868 #8643935833 #483 75 8 5(8
68 #869478  9 9 89889 49 834 8949 875 8"56538
8) 2
8
4
486 78 4& 8 5384534

83 5 "9 4# 9 8385385


4434

83 5  52
4  5 
&46 9  9 5  528 48 986 #5- 
 38872
85 5352 883 9 5 38
48359 839 55
59
0 

23456789
36

0 

589
36

0 

37543689
36

0 

95
789
36

0 

23645
889
36
1

23456789

9 

46 
9 

976 
9 

39 6
9 

 937
9 
1

234356789

2344
56789

2344
5678979  35


6

563 344
56789
397 3 78958

 3 !"# 8 6
$
356789 8%
&3 53&&394$'
3  79 &8 8393&
567985743(
39&79$89 3 3&
85)
*+,-./0*1279 73 85'4' 74&75689
$8954' 893539%
$3 (8
479 '5
4 7(893&75689
 89893

57 &33 5$54
79 585$54
67
539 8  37
8
3 63 5$489 8574 344
6
4 33
6
5$ 8
489 678 8%
95$7336
(6

45744
7  35
678 7 8&4

48754
79

858
98&
79 33(
 79 &8 8396
012345674812 1
4 7 82



1 8

5 24 38 3 1
51 5 7 82 3 182 712345674812
 5 5 746  41 4 3 1
823 4 52 482 82 4 63 51 5 7 82 
8534 4 83 822 5 823 82 41 822 5  4 3  41 4 5  41
3  3 15 63 823 612  87 514 4 41 51 53 22 5 823 4 52 4 84 4 3 712 4  4 164 5 823 712383482 1
41 164 5  4 3 
41 4 5  823  3382 4 516 4 63 823 1
4 822 5 823  63 82  33 51 5 7 82 83 388 5 82 1 5 4812 4 16 214 82 712345674812
8234  1
3  5 4 63 823 15 3  3 182 4 822 5  4 3 41 4 5 4  4 3 46 34   8241 84 5145682
51 4 1  87 3 5 3
4 3  6513   83 3 4  24  1
5 182 12 34  82 33  1
4 7 82
 51 5 7 82  382 5 67 3
5874812 71 5  41 38 5  3823 5 36482 82 8 5

878 27 2  33  5  15882  1 5 45 23833812


7 82  58 48 3  7  51 53 2 63 823 84 14 4 822 5 2 164 5  4 3   823  87 85 74 7124 74  4 3517 4 4 4  1  5 4 83
712
865 4812  884  45   5 8  5 1
14 4 3517 4 4 4  2 4  4 3  5 4  814  12 4 823  83 51   3  548 
31   4   1 24 1
63  7 823 84 4 823 182 4 164 5  4 3  3382 4 516 63 823 15 3  3 7122 7482 4 822 5  4 3
 83 8345864  4  5 1 5 5 4 5 5  1  5 4 4 4 1
4 3517 43 348 15 15 5 8 4 2 83  385  
51 4 3882
5874812
 8234 4 63 823  84812 1
51 53 365516282 4 63 82 3  3 1
4 7 82 2 518  5182 7124 74 84 4 4 4 1
4 3517 43
5 36482 82 7  24 5 3834 27 41  5 1
14 3517 43 2 7 82 3    5 83  2  5 1
5874812 3 12 3 4 7 82 83 36

878 24
6587 4  0124826163 7 2 6587 4812 1
51 5 7 823 83 1
58 5 8154 27
15

878 24 1 5 4812 3   3 7155 74 4 2381282



SCREW CONVEYORS
A screw conveyor or auger conveyor is a mechanism that uses a rotating
helical screw blade, called a "flighting", usually within a tube, to move liquid or granular
materials. They are used in many bulk handling industries. Screw conveyors in modern
industry are often used horizontally or at a slight incline as an efficient way to move semi-
solid materials, including food waste, wood chips, aggregates, cereal grains, animal feed,
boiler ash, meat and bone meal, municipal solid waste, and many others. The first type of
screw conveyor was the Archimedes' screw, used since ancient times to pump irrigation
water.
They usually consist of a trough or tube containing either a spiral blade coiled around a
shaft, driven at one end and held at the other, or a "shaftless spiral", driven at one end and
free at the other. The rate of volume transfer is proportional to the rotation rate of the
shaft. In industrial control applications the device is often used as a variable rate feeder by
varying the rotation rate of the shaft to deliver a measured rate or quantity of material into
a process.
Screw conveyors can be operated with the flow of material inclined upward. When space
allows, this is a very economical method of elevating and conveying. As the angle of
inclination increases, the capacity of a given unit rapidly decreases.
The rotating part of the conveyor is sometimes called simply an auger

In agriculture

This combine harvester uses a screw conveyor within the tube to discharge grain into the
trailer alongside
The "grain auger" is used in agriculture to move grain from trucks and grain carts into grain
storage bins (from where it is later removed by gravity chutes at the bottom). A grain auger
may be powered by an electric motor; a tractor, through the power take-off; or sometimes
an internal combustion engine mounted on the auger. The helical flighting rotates inside a
long metal tube, moving the grain upwards. On the lower end, a hopper receives grain from
the truck or grain cart. A chute on the upper end guides the grain into the destination
location.
First Grain Auger invented in 1945 in Toronto, Canada
The modern grain auger of today's farming communities was invented byPeter Pakosh. His
grain mover employed a screw-type auger with a minimum of moving parts, a totally new
application for this specific use. At Massey Harris(later Massey Ferguson), young Pakosh
approached the design department in the 1940s with his auger idea, but was scolded and
told that his idea was unimaginable and that once the auger aged and bent that the metal
on metal would, according to a head Massey designer, "start fires all across Canada" Pakosh,
however, went on to design and build a first prototype auger in 1945, and 8 years later start
selling tens of thousands under the 'Versatile' name, making it the standard for modern
grain augers.
A specialized form of grain auger is used to transfer grain into a seed drill, and is usually
quite a lot smaller in both length and diameter than the augers used to transfer grain to or
from a truck, grain cart or bin. This type of auger is known as a "drill fill". Grain augers with a
small diameter, regardless of the use they are put to, are often called "pencil augers".

Other uses
Various other applications of the screw or auger conveyor include its use in snowblowers, to
move snow towards an impeller, where it is thrown into the discharge chute. Combine
harvesters use both enclosed and open augers to move the unthreshed crop into the
threshing mechanism and to move the grain into and out of the machine's hopper. Ice
resurfacers use augers to remove loose ice particles from the surface of the ice. An auger is
also a central component of an injection molding machine. An auger is used in some rubbish
compactors to push the rubbish into a lowered plate at one end for compaction.
Augers are also used to force food products through dies to produce pellets. These are then
processed further to produce products such as bran flakes. Augers are also used in oil fields
as a method of transporting rock cuttings away from the shakers to skips. Augers are also
used in some types of pellet fed barbecue grills, to move fuel from a hopper into the firebox
in a controlled manner. Augers are often used in machining, wherein the machine tools may
include an auger to direct the swarf (scrap metal or plastic) away from the work piece.
Screw conveyors can also be found in Waste Water Treatment Plants to evacuate solid
waste from the treatment process.

Hydraulic Conveyor

1
A conveyor for handling solid material in which the material is flushed from a slag area,
ground up, and then pumped to a discharge area.

Machines of all types need power. Power allows the machines to do specific kinds of work.
Two of the most efficient and compact forms of power for machines are hydraulic and
pneumatic systems. Hydraulics and pneumatics can be configured into different types of
power sources to lift, lower, pull, push, turn, rotate and move machines carrying
tremendous loads. Tools can also be powered to break stone, join steel and cut wood.
Hydraulics and pneumatics provide the energy to make work happen.

Hydraulics work on the principle of pressurized fluid forcing mechanical action. A hydraulic
system installed on a machine is called a hydraulic circuit. Hydraulic circuits are composed of
a pump to compress the fluid, lines to carry the fluid, a cylinder where the fluid is pumped
and a piston moved by the pressurized fluid in the cylinder. Hydraulics can also actuate
shafts to power hydraulic motors and conveyors.

2
The heavy-duty, extra-capacity Model 2000 hydraulic conveyor saves time, labor, material
and money for big jobs such as road widening, installing pipe bedding, trench filling and
shouldering. The unit mounts to road graders, loaders and tractors for efficient delivery of
both free-flowing and large, chunky materials without hand l

3
ELEVATOR

An elevator (lift in British English) is a type of vertical transport equipment that


efficiently moves people or goods between floors (levels, decks) of a
building, vessel or other structure. Elevators are generally powered by electric
motors that either drive traction cables or counterweight systems like a hoist, or
pump hydraulic fluid to raise a cylindrical piston like a jack.
In agriculture and manufacturing, an elevator is any type of conveyor device used to
lift materials in a continuous stream into bins or silos. Several types exist, such as
the chain and bucket bucket elevator, grain auger screw conveyor using the principle
of Archimedes' screw, or the chain and paddles/forks of hay elevators.

Design
Some people argue that elevators began as simple rope
or chain hoists (see Traction elevators below). An elevator is essentially a platform
that is either pulled or pushed up by a mechanical means. A modern day elevator
consists of a cab (also called a "cage" or "car") mounted on a platform within an
enclosed space called a shaft or sometimes a "hoistway". In the past, elevator drive
mechanisms were powered by steam and water hydraulic pistons or by hand. In a
"traction" elevator, cars are pulled up by means of rolling steel ropes over a deeply
grooved pulley, commonly called a sheave in the industry. The weight of the car is
balanced by a counterweight. Sometimes two elevators are built so that their cars
always move synchronously in opposite directions, and are each other's
counterweight.
The friction between the ropes and the pulley furnishes the traction which gives this
type of elevator its name.
Hydraulic elevators use the principles of hydraulics (in the sense of hydraulic power)
to pressurize an above ground or in-ground piston to raise and lower the car
(see Hydraulic elevators below). Roped hydraulics use a combination of both ropes
and hydraulic power to raise and lower cars. Recent innovations include permanent

1
magnet motors, machine room-less rail mounted gearless machines, and
microprocessor controls.
The technology used in new installations depends on a variety of factors. Hydraulic
elevators are cheaper, but installing cylinders greater than a certain length becomes
impractical for very-high lift hoistways. For buildings of much over seven storys,
traction elevators must be employed instead. Hydraulic elevators are usually slower
than traction elevators.
Elevators are a candidate for mass customization. There are economies to be made
from mass production of the components, but each building comes with its own
requirements like different number of floors, dimensions of the well and usage
patterns.
Elevator doors
Elevator doors protect riders from falling into the shaft. The most common
configuration is to have two panels that meet in the middle, and slide open laterally.
In a cascading telescopic configuration (potentially allowing wider entryways within
limited space), the doors run on independent tracks so that while open, they are
tucked behind one another, and while closed, they form cascading layers on one
side. This can be configured so that two sets of such cascading doors operate like
the center opening doors described above, allowing for a very wide elevator cab. In
less expensive installations the elevator can also use one large "slab" door: a single
panel door the width of the doorway that opens to the left or right laterally. Some
buildings have elevators with the single door on the shaft way, and double cascading
doors on the cab.

Machine room-less (MRL) elevators

2
Machine room-less elevators are designed so that most of the components fit within
the shaft containing the elevator car; and a small cabinet houses the elevator
controller. Other than the machinery being in the hoistway, the equipment is similar
to a normal traction elevator. The benefits are:

• creates more usable space


• use less energy (70-80% less than hydraulic elevators)
• uses no oil
• all components are above ground similar to roped hydraulic type elevators (this
takes away the environmental concern that was created by the hydraulic
cylinder on direct hydraulic type elevators being stored underground)
• slightly lower cost than other elevators
• can operate at faster speeds than hydraulics but not normal traction units.

Types of hoist mechanisms


There are at least four means of moving an elevator:
Traction elevators

• Geared and gearless traction elevators

3
Geared traction machines are driven by AC or DC electric motors. Geared machines
use worm gears to control mechanical movement of elevator cars by "rolling" steel
hoist ropes over a drive sheave which is attached to a gearbox driven by a high-
speed motor. These machines are generally the best option for basement or
overhead traction use for speeds up to 500 feet per minute (3 m/s). In order to allow
accurate speed control of the motor, to allow accurate levelling and for passenger
comfort, a DC hoist motor powered by an AC/DC motor-generator (MG) set was the
preferred solution in high-traffic elevator installations for many decades. The MG set
also typically powered the relay controller of the elevator, which has the added
advantage of electrically isolating the elevators from the rest of a building's electrical
system, thus eliminating the transient power spikes in the building's electrical supply
caused by the motors starting and stopping (causing lighting to dim every time the
elevators are used for example), as well as interference to other electrical equipment
caused by the arcing of the relay contactors in the control system.
Contemporary cheaper installations, such as those in residential buildings and low-
traffic commercial applications generally used a single or two-speed AC hoist
machine. The widespread availability of cheap solid state AC drives has allowed
infinitely variable speed AC motors to be used universally, bringing with it the
advantages of the older motor-generator based systems, without the penalties in
terms of efficiency and complexity. The older MG-based installations are gradually
being replaced in older buildings due to their poor energy efficiency.
Gearless traction machines are low-speed (low-RPM), high-torque electric motors
powered either by AC or DC. In this case, the drive sheave is directly attached to the
end of the motor. Gearless traction elevators can reach speeds of up to 2,000 feet
per minute (10 m/s), or even higher. A brake is mounted between the motor and
drive sheave (or gearbox) to hold the elevator stationary at a floor. This brake is
usually an external drum type and is actuated by spring force and held open
electrically; a power failure will cause the brake to engage and prevent the elevator
from falling (see inherent safety and safety engineering).
In each case, cables are attached to a hitch plate on top of the cab or may be
"underslung" below a cab, and then looped over the drive sheave to
a counterweight attached to the opposite end of the cables which reduces the
amount of power needed to move the cab. The counterweight is located in the hoist-
way and rides a separate railway system; as the car goes up, the counterweight
goes down, and vice versa. This action is powered by the traction machine which is
directed by the controller, typically a relay logic or computerized device that directs
starting, acceleration, deceleration and stopping of the elevator cab. The weight of
the counterweight is typically equal to the weight of the elevator cab plus 40-50% of
the capacity of the elevator. The grooves in the drive sheave are specially designed
to prevent the cables from slipping. "Traction" is provided to the ropes by the grip of
the grooves in the sheave, thereby the name. As the ropes age and the traction
grooves wear, some traction is lost and the ropes must be replaced and the sheave
repaired or replaced. Sheave and rope wear may be significantly reduced by
ensuring that all ropes have equal tension, thus sharing the load evenly. Rope
tension equalization may be achieved using a rope tension gauge, and is a simple
way to extend the lifetime of the sheaves and ropes.
Elevators with more than 100 feet (30 m) of travel have a system called
compensation. This is a separate set of cables or a chain attached to the bottom of

4
the counterweight and the bottom of the elevator cab. This makes it easier to control
the elevator, as it compensates for the differing weight of cable between the hoist
and the cab. If the elevator cab is at the top of the hoist-way, there is a short length
of hoist cable above the car and a long length of compensating cable below the car
and vice versa for the counterweight. If the compensation system uses cables, there
will be an additional sheave in the pit below the elevator, to guide the cables. If the
compensation system uses chains, the chain is guided by a bar mounted between
the counterweight railway lines.
Hydraulic elevators

• Conventional hydraulic elevators. They use an underground cylinder, are quite


common for low level buildings with 2–5 floors (sometimes but seldom up to 6–8
floors), and have speeds of up to 200 feet per minute (1 m/s).
• Holeless hydraulic elevators were developed in the 1970s, and use a pair of
above ground cylinders, which makes it practical for environmentally or cost
sensitive buildings with 2, 3, or 4 floors.
• Roped hydraulic elevators use both above ground cylinders and a rope system,
allowing the elevator to travel further than the piston has to move.
The low mechanical complexity of hydraulic elevators in comparison to traction
elevators makes them ideal for low rise, low traffic installations. They are less energy
efficient as the pump works against gravity to push the car and its passengers
upwards; this energy is lost when the car descends on its own weight. The high
current draw of the pump when starting up also places higher demands on a
building’s electrical system. There are also environmental concerns should either the
lifting cylinder leak fluid into the ground.
The modern generation of low cost, machine room-less traction elevators made
possible by advances in miniaturization of the traction motor and control systems
challenges the supremacy of the hydraulic elevator in their traditional market niche.
Climbing elevator
A climbing elevator is a self-ascending elevator with its own propulsion. The
propulsion can be done by an electric or a combustion engine. Climbing elevators
are used in guyed masts or towers, in order to make easy access to parts of these
constructions, such as flight safety lamps for maintenance. An example would be
the Moonlight towers in Austin, Texas, where the elevator holds only one person and
equipment for maintenance. The Glasgow Tower — an observation tower
in Glasgow, Scotland — also makes use of two climbing elevators.

Uses of elevators

Passenger service
A passenger elevator is designed to move people between a building's floors.
Passenger elevators capacity is related to the available floor space. Generally
passenger elevators are available in capacities from 1,000 to 6,000 pounds (500–

5
2,700 kg) in 500-pound (230 kg) increments.[citation needed] Generally passenger
elevators in buildings of eight floors or fewer are hydraulic or electric, which can
reach speeds up to 200 feet per minute (1 m/s) hydraulic and up to 500 feet per
minute (152 m/min) electric. In buildings up to ten floors, electric and gearless
elevators are likely to have speeds up to 500 feet per minute (3 m/s), and above ten
floors speeds range 500 to 2,000 feet per minute (3–10 m/s).[citation needed]
Sometimes passenger elevators are used as a city transport along with funiculars.
For example, there is a 3-station underground public elevator in Yalta, Ukraine,
which takes passengers from the top of a hill above the Black Sea on which hotels
are perched, to a tunnel located on the beach below. At Casco Viejo station in
the Bilbao Metro, the elevator that provides access to the station from a hilltop
neighborhood doubles as city transportation: the station's ticket barriers are set up in
such a way that passengers can pay to reach the elevator from the entrance in the
lower city, or vice versa. See also the Elevators for urban transport section.
Types of passenger elevators

The former World Trade Center's twin towers used skylobbies, located on the 44th
and 78th floors of each tower
Passenger elevators may be specialized for the service they perform, including:
hospital emergency (Code blue), front and rear entrances, a television in high-rise
buildings, double decker, and other uses. Cars may be ornate in their interior
appearance, may have audio visual advertising, and may be provided with
specialized recorded voice announcements. Elevators may also
haveloudspeakers in them to play calm, easy listening music. Such music is often
referred to as elevator music.
An express elevator does not serve all floors. For example, it moves between the
ground floor and a skylobby, or it moves from the ground floor or a skylobby to a
range of floors, skipping floors in between. These are especially popular in eastern
Asia.
Capacity
Residential elevators may be small enough to only accommodate one person while
some are large enough for more than a dozen. Wheelchair, or platform elevators, a
specialized type of elevator designed to move a wheelchair 12 feet (3.7 m) or less,
can often accommodate just one person in a wheelchair at a time with a load of 750
pounds (340 kg).[30][31]

Freight elevators
6
A specialized elevator from 1905 for lifting narrow gauge railroad cars between a
railroad freight house and the Chicago Tunnel Company tracks below

The interior of a freight elevator. It is very basic yet rugged for freight loading.
A freight elevator, or goods lift, is an elevator designed to carry goods, rather than
passengers. Freight elevators are generally required to display a written notice in the
car that the use by passengers is prohibited (though not necessarily illegal), though
certain freight elevators allow dual use through the use of an inconspicuous riser. In
order for an elevator to be legal to carry passengers in some jurisdictions it must
have a solid inner door. Freight elevators are typically larger and capable of carrying
heavier loads than a passenger elevator, generally from 2,300 to 4,500 kg. Freight
elevators may have manually operated doors, and often have rugged interior finishes

7
to prevent damage while loading and unloading. Although hydraulic freight elevators
exist, electric elevators are more energy efficient for the work of freight lifting.[citation
needed]

Sidewalk elevators
A sidewalk elevator is a special type of freight elevator. Sidewalk elevators are
used to move materials between a basement and a ground-level area, often
the sidewalk just outside the building. They are controlled via an exterior switch and
emerge from a metal trap door at ground level. Sidewalk elevator cars feature a
uniquely shaped top that allows this door to open and close automatically.[32]
Stage elevators
Stage and orchestra elevator are specialized elevators, typically powered by
hydraulics, that are used to lift entire sections of a theater stage. For example, Radio
City Music Hall has four such elevators: an "orchestra elevator" that covers a large
area of the stage, and three smaller elevators near the rear of the stage. In this case,
the orchestra elevator is powerful enough to raise an entire orchestra, or an entire
cast of performers (including live elephants) up to stage level from below.

The pit beneath the orchestra lift at Radio City Music Hall

Orchestra lift at Radio City Music Hall as viewed from beneath the stage

8
Band brake
This article does not cite any references or sources. Please help improve this article by
adding citations to reliable sources. Unsourced material may be challenged and removed.
(December 2009)

A band brake is a primary or secondary brake, consisting of a band of friction material that
tightens concentrically around a cylindrical piece of equipment to either prevent it from
rotating (a static or "holding" brake), or to slow it (a dynamic brake). This application is
common on winch drums and chain saws and is also used for some bicycle brakes.

A former application was the locking of gear rings in epicyclic gearing. In modern automatic
transmissions this task has been taken over entirely by multiple-plate clutches or multiple-
plate brakes.[citation needed]

Features
Band brakes can be simple, compact, rugged, and can generate high force with a light input
force. However, band brakes are prone to grabbing or chatter and loss of brake force when
hot. These problems are inherent with the design and thus limit where band brakes are a good
solution.

Effectiveness
One way to describe the effectiveness of the brake is as , where is the coefficient of
friction between band and drum, and is the angle of wrap. With a large , the brake is
very effective and requires low input force to achieve high brake force, but is also very
sensitive to changes in . For example light rust on the drum may cause the brake to "grab"
or chatter, water may cause the brake to slip, and rising temperatures in braking may cause
the coefficient of friction to drop slightly but in turn cause brake force to drop greatly. Using
a band material with low increases the input force required to achieve a given brake force,
but some low- materials also have more consistent across the range of working
temperatures.

SINGLE BLOCK OR SHOE BRAKE


1
Cycle Shoe Brake
A single block or shoe brake is shown below. It consists of a block or shoe which
is pressed against the rim of a revolving brake wheel drum. The block is made of a
softer material than the rim of the wheel. This type of a brake is commonly used on
railway trains and tram cars. The friction between the block and the wheel causes a
tangential braking force to act on the wheel, which retard the rotation of the wheel.
The block is pressed against the wheel by a force applied to one end of a lever to
which the block is rigidly fixed. The other end of the lever is pivoted on a fixed
fulcrum O.

2
Single block brake. Line of action of tangential force passes through the fulcrum of the lever.
Let
P = Force applied at the end of the lever,
RN = Normal force pressing the brake block on the wheel,
r = Radius of the wheel,
2θ = Angle of contact surface of the block,
µ = Coefficient of friction, and
Ft = Tangential braking force or the frictional force acting at the contact surface of
the block and the wheel.

If the angle of contact is less than 60°, then it may be assumed that the normal
pressure between the block and the wheel is uniform. In such cases, tangential
braking force on the wheel,
Ft= µ.RN
and the braking torque,TB = Ft.r = µ RN. r
Let us now consider the following three cases :

CASE I : When the line of action of tangential braking force (F) passes through the
fulcrum O of
the lever, and the brake wheel rotates clockwise as shown in Fig. 25.1 (a), then for
equilibrium, taking
moments about the fulcrum O, we have,

3
∴ Braking torque,

It may be noted that when the brake wheel rotates anticlockwise, then the braking
torque is same, i.e.

Case 2 : When the line of action of the tangential braking force (F) passes through
a distance ‘a’ below the fulcrum O, and the brake wheel rotates clockwise, then for
equilibrium, taking moments about the fulcrum O,

Single block bracke. Line of action passes below the fulcrum.


Hence,

and braking torque,

When the brake wheel rotates anticlockwise, then for equilibrium,

4
and braking torque,

Case 3 : When the line of action of the tangential braking force passes through a
distance ‘a’ above the fulcrum, and the brake wheel rotates clockwise then for
equilibrium,taking moments about the fulcrum O, we have

Single block brake. Line of action passes above the fulcrum.


Hence,

and braking torque,

When the brake wheel rotates anticlockwise, then for equilibrium, taking moments
about the fulcrum O, we have

and braking torque,

BAND AND BLOCK BRAKE


5
The band brake may be lined with blocks of wood or other material. The friction
between the blocks and the drum provides braking action. Let there are ‘n’ number
of blocks, each subtending an angle 2 θ at the centre and the drum rotates in
anticlockwise direction.

Band and block brake.

6
Consider one of the blocks (say first block). This is in equilibrium under the action
of the following forces :
1. Tension in the tight side (T1),
2. Tension in the slack side (T1') or tension in the band between the first and
second block,
3. Normal reaction of the drum on the block (RN), and
4. The force of friction (µ.RN).

Resolving the forces radially, we have

Resolving the forces tangentially, we have

Dividing above equations

Similarly it can be proved for each of the blocks that

Braking torque on the drum of effective radius re,

7
EOT CRANE

The most adaptable and the most widely used type of power
driven crane for indoor service is undoubtedly the three
motion EOT crane. It serves a larger area of floor space within
its own travelling restrictions than any other permanent type
hoisting arrangement.

As the name implies, this type of crane is provided with


movement above the floor level. Hence it occupies no floor
space and this can never interface with any movement of the
work being carried out at the floor of the building.

The three motions of such crane are the hoisting motion and
the cross travel motion. Each of the motions is provided by
electric motors.

The above characteristics have made this type of crane


suitable for medium and heavy workshop and warehouses. No
engineering erection shop, machine shop, foundry, heavy
stores is complete without an EOT crane.

In a steel plant, rolling mill, thermal power plant, hydraulic


power plant, nuclear power plant, this type of crane is
considered indispensable. In short in all industries, wherein
heavy loads are to be handled, EOT crane find its application.

1
EOT Crane Parts:
A EOT crane consists of two distinct parts

• 1. Bridge
• 2. Crab
Bridge:

The Bridge consists of two main girders fixed at their ends


and connected to another structural components called the end
carriages. In the two end carriages are mounted the main
runners or wheels (four or more) which provide the
longitudinal motion to the main bridge along the length of the
workshop. The motion of the bridge is derived from an
electric motor which is geared to a shaft running across the
full span of the bridge and further geared to a wheel at each
end. In some design separate motors may be fitted at each
corner of the main bridge. The wheels run on two heavy rails

2
fixed above the floor level along the length of the shop on two
girders, called gantry girder.

Crab:
The Crab consists of the hoisting machinery mounted on a
frame, which is in turn mounted on at least four wheels and
fitted with suitable machinery for traversing the crab to and
fro across the main girders of the crane bridge. Needless to
mention that the crab wheels run on two rail sections fixed on
the top flange of the main bridge. Thus the load hook has
three separate motions, these being the hoisting, cross traverse
of the crab, and longitudinal travel of the whole crane. Each
motion is controlled independently of the other motions by
separate controllers situated in a control cage or in a suitable
position for controlling from the floor by pendent chains.

The essential parts are:

3
1. Bridge– 2 No’s
2. End carriage– 2 No’s
3. Wheel of the bridge– At least 4 No’s
4. Crab (without auxiliary hoist)– 1 No’s
5. Hoisting machinery set– 1 No’s
6. Wheels of crab– At least 4 No’s
7. Bottom Block (without auxiliary hoist)– 1 No’s
8. Lifting hook– 1 No’s
9. Rail on the gantry girder for crane movement– 2 No’s
10. Rail on the bridge for crab movement– 2 No’s
11. Operators cabin– 1 No’s

4
Introduction
Material-handling equipment is equipment that relate to the movement,
storage, control and protection of materials, goods and products throughout the
process of manufacturing, distribution, consumption and disposal. Material
handling equipment is the mechanical equipment involved in the complete
system.[1] Material handling equipment is generally separated into four main
categories: storage and handling equipment, engineered systems, industrial
trucks, and bulk material handling.

 Hoisting Mechanism.

A hoist is a device used for lifting or lowering a load by means of a drum or


lift-wheel around which rope or chain wraps. It may be manually operated,
electrically or pneumatically driven and may use chain, fiber or wire rope as its
lifting medium. The load is attached to the hoist by means of a lifting hook.

• Hand-Chain Hoists.

Hand chain hoists are portable lifting devices suspended from a hook and
operated by pulling on a hand chain. There are two types currently
in common use, the high-speed, high-efficiency hand hoist and the economy
hand hoist. The economy hand hoist is similar in appearance to the high-
efficiency hand hoist except the handwheel diameter is smaller. This smaller
diameter accounts for a smaller headroom dimension for the economy hoist.
High-speed hoists have mechanical efficiency as high as 80 percent, employ
Weston self-energizing
brakes for load control, and can incorporate load-limiting devices which prevent
the lifting of excessive overloads. They require less hand chain pull and less
chain overhaul for movement of a given load at the expense of the larger head
size when compared to economy hoists. As noted, this larger head size also
creates a minimum headroom dimension somewhat greater than that for the
economy hoists. High-speed hoists find application in production operations
where low operating effort and long life are important. Economy hoists find
application in

0|Page
construction and shop use where more compact size and lower unit cost
compensate for the higher operating effort and lower efficiency.
Both hoist types function in a similar manner. The hand chain operates over a
handwheel which is connected via the brake mechanism and gear train to a
pocket wheel over which the load chain travels. The brake is disengaged during
hoisting by a one-way ratchet mechanism.
In lowering, the hand chain is pulled continuously in a reverse direction to
overcome brake torque, thus allowing the load to descend.
Although a majority of hand chain hoist applications are fixed hook-suspended
applications, sometimes a hand hoist is mounted to a trolley to permit horizontal
movement of the load, as in a forklift battery-changing operation. This is
accomplished by directly attaching the hoist hook to the trolley load bar, or by
using an integrated trolley hoist which combines a high-speed hoist with a
trolley to save headroom.
Hand chain hoists are available in capacities to 50 tons (45 tonnes)

• Pullers or Come-Alongs

Pullers, or come-alongs, are lever-operated chain or wire rope hoists .


Because they are smaller in size and lower in weight than equivalent capacity
capacity hand chain hoists, they find use in applications where the travel (take-
up) distance is short and the lever is within easy reach of the operator. They
may be used for lifting or pulling at any angle as long as the load is applied in a
straight line between hooks. There are two types of lever-operated chain or wire
rope hoists currently in use: long handle and short handle. The long-handle
variety, because of direct drive or numerically lower gear ratios, allows a
greater load chain take-up per handle stroke than the short-handle version.
Conversely, the short-
handle variety requires less handle force at the expense of chain take-up
distance because of numerically higher gear ratios. Both types find
use in construction, electrical utilities and industrial maintenance for wire
tensioning, machinery skidding, and lifting applications.
A reversible ratchet mechanism in the lever permits operation for both
tensioning and relaxing. The load is held in place by a Weston-type brake or a
releasable ratchet. Lever tools incorporating load-limiting devices via slip
clutch, spring deflection, or handle-collapsing means are also available.

1
• Electric Hoists

Electric hoists are used for repetitive or high-speed lifting. Two types are
available:
chain (both link and roller), in capacities to 15 tons (13.6tonnes); wire rope (see
Fig. 10.2.22), inratings to 25 tons (22.7 tonnes). The typical
hoist has a drum or sprocket centered in the frame, with the motor and gearing
at opposite ends, the motor shaft passing through or alongside the drum or
sprocket. Many have an integral load-limiting device to prevent the lifting of
gross overloads. Electric hoists are equipped with at least two independent
braking means. An electrically released brake causes spring-loaded disk brake
plates to engage when current is off. When the hoist motor is activated, a
solenoid overcomes the springs to release the brake. In the lowering direction,
the motor acts as a generator, putting current back into the line and controlling
the lowering speed. Some electric hoists use the same type of Weston brake as
is used in hand hoists, but with this type, the motor must drive the load
downward so as to try to release the brake. This type of brake generates
considerable heat that must be dissipated —usually through an oil bath. The
heat generated may also lower the useful-duty cycle of the hoist. If the Weston
brake is used, an additional auxiliary hand-released or electrically released
friction brake must be provided since the Weston brake will not act in the
raising direction. All electric hoists have upper-limit devices; lower-limit
devices are standard on chain hoists, optional on wire-rope hoists. Control is
usually by push button: pendant ropes from the controller are obsolescent.
Control is ‘‘deadman’’ type, the hoist stopping instantly upon release. Modern
multiple-speed and variable-speed ac controls have made dc hoists obsolete.
Single-phase ac hoists are available to 1 hp, polyphase in all sizes. The hoist
may be suspended by an integral hook or bolt-type lug or
may be attached to a trolley rolling on an I beam or monorail. The trolley may
be plain (push type), geared (operated by a hand chain), or
2
motor-driven; the latter types are essential for heavier loads.

• Air Hoists

Air hoists are similar to electric hoists except that air motors are used. Hoists
with roller chain are available to 1 ton capacity, with link chain to
3 short tons (2.7 tonnes) and with wire rope to 15 short tons (13.6 tonnes)
capacity. The motor may be of the rotary-vane or piston type.
The piston motor is more costly but provides the best starting and lowspeed
performance and is preferred for larger-capacity hoists. A brake,
interlocked with the controls, automatically holds the load in neutral; control
movement releases the brake, either mechanically or by air
hoist may be suspended by a hook, lug, or trolley; the latter may be plain,
geared, or air-motor-driven. Horizontal movement is limited to
about 25 ft (7.6 m) because of the air hose, although a runway system is
available with a series of normally closed ports that are opened by a
special trolley to supply air to the hoist.
Air hoists provide infinitely variable speed, according to the movement of the
control valve. Very high speeds are possible with light loads.
When severely overloaded, the air motor stalls without damage. Air hoists are
smaller and lighter than electric hoists of equal capacity and can be operated in
explosive atmospheres. They are more expensive than electric hoists, require
mufflers for reasonably quiet operation, and
normally are fitted with automatic lubricators in the air supply.

3
• Jacks

Jacks are portable, hand-operated devices for moving heavy loads through
short distances. There are three types in common use: screw
jacks, rack-and-lever jacks, and hydraulic jacks. Bell-bottom screw jacks (Fig.
10.2.23) are available in capacities to 24 tons and lifting ranges to
14 in. The screw is rotated by a bar inserted in holes in the screw head or by a
ratchet lever fitted to the head. Geared bridge jacks will lift up to 50 short tons
(45 tonnes). A lever ratchet mechanism turns a bevel pinion; an internal thread
in the gear raises the nonrotating screw.

• Rack and lever jacks

Consist of a cast-steel or malleable-iron housing in which the lever pivots.


The rack toothed bar passes through the hollow housing; the load may be lifted
either on the top or on a toe extending from the bottom of the bar. The lever
pawl may be biased either to raise or to lower the bar, the housing pawl holding
the load on the return lever stroke. Rack-and-lever jacks to 20 short tons (18
tonnes) are direct-acting. Lever-operated geared jacks range up to 35 short tons
(32 tonnes). Lifting heights to 18 in (0.46 m) are provided.

4
• Track jacks
These are rack-and-lever jacks which may be tripped to release the load.
They are used for railroad-track work but not for industrial service where the
tripping features might be hazardous.

• Hydraulic jacks
This consist of a cylinder, a piston, and a lever-operated pump. Capacities
to 100 short tons (91 tonnes) and lifting heights to 22 in (0.56 m) are
available. Jacks 25 short tons (22.7 tonnes) and larger may be provided with
two pumps, the second pump being a high-speed unit for rapid travel at
partial load

5
** A differential pulley chain hoist

6
 Travelling Mechanism

The proper packaging of material to assist in handling can significantly


minimize the handling cost and can also have a marked influence on the
type of handling equipment employed. For example, partial carload lots of
liquid or granular material may be shipped in rigid or nonrigid containers
equipped with proper lugs to facilitate in-transit handling.
Heavy-duty rubberized containers that are inert to most cargo are available for
repeated use in shipping partial carloads. The nonrigid container
reduces return shipping costs, since it can be collapsed to reduce space.
Disposable light-weight corrugated-cardboard shipping containers
for small and medium-sized packages both protect the cargo and permit stacking
to economize on space requirements. The type of container
to be used should be planned or considered when the handling mechanism is
selected.

SURFACE HANDLING

Lift Trucks and Palletized Loads


The basis of all efficient handling, storage, and movement of unitized goods is
the cube concept. Building a cube enables a large quantity of
unit goods to be handled and stored at one time. This provides greater efficiency
by increasing the volume of goods movement for a given
amount of work. Examples of cube-facilitating devices include pallets, skids,
slip sheets, bins, drums, and crates.
The most widely applied cube device is the pallet. A pallet is a low platform,
usually constructed of wood, incorporating openings for the
forks of a lift truck to enter. Such openings are designed to enable a lift truck to
pick up and transport the pallet containing the cubed goods.
Lift truck is a loose term for a family of pallet handling/transporting machines.
Such machines range from manually propelled low-lift devices
(Fig. 10.4.1) to internal combustion and electric powered ride-on high-lift
devices . While some machines are substitutes in
terms of function, each serves its own niche when viewed in terms of individual
budgets and applications. Pallet trucks are low-lift machines designed to raise
loaded pallets sufficiently off the ground to enable the truck to transport the
pallet horizontally. Pallet trucks are available as manually operated and
propelled models that incorporate a hydraulic pump and handle assembly. This
pump and handle assembly enables the operator to raise the truck forks, and
push/pull the load.

ABOVE-SURFACE HANDLING
Monorails
7
Materials can be carried on light, rigid trackage, as described for overhead
conveyors (see below). Trolleys are supported by structural I
beams, H beams, or I-beam-like rails with special flat flanges to improve
rolling characteristics of the wheels. Size of wheels and smoothness
of tread are important in reducing rolling resistance. Figure 10.4.11
shows a typical rigid trolley for traversing short-radius track curves.
Typical dimensions for both types are given in Table 10.4.1. These
trolleys may be plain, with geared handwheel and hand chain, or motordrive.
For very low headroom, the trolley can be built into the hoist; this
is known as a trolley hoist.

Overhead Traveling Cranes

An overhead traveling crane is a vehicle for lifting, transporting, and


lowering loads. It consists of a bridge supporting a hoisting unit and is
equipped with wheels for operating on an elevated runway or track. The
hoisting unit may be fixed relative to the bridge but is usually supported
on wheels, permitting it to traverse the length of the bridge.
The motions of the crane—hoisting, trolley traversing, and bridging
— may be powered by hand, electricity, air, hydraulics, or a combination
of these. Hand-powered cranes are generally built in capacities
under 50 tons (45 tonnes) and are used for infrequent service where slow speeds
are acceptable. Pneumatic cranes are used where electricity
would be hazardous or where advantage can be taken of existing air
supply. Electric cranes are the most common overhead type and can be
built to capacities of 500 tons (454 tonnes) or more and to spans of
150 ft (46 m) and over.
Single-Girder Cranes (Fig. 10.4.12) In its simplest form, this consists
of an I beam a supported by four wheels b. The trolley c traveling
on the lower flanges carries the chain hoist, forming the lifting unit. The
crane is moved by hand chain d turning sprocket wheel e, which is
keyed to shaft f. The pinions on shaft f mesh with gears g, keyed to the
axles of two wheels. An underslung construction may also be used, with
pairs of wheels at each corner which ride on the lower flange of I-beam
rails. Single-girder cranes may be hand-powered by pendant hand
chains or electric-powered as controlled by a pendant push-button station.

Electric Traveling Crane, Double-Girder Type (Fig. 10.4.13) This


consists of two bridge girders a, on the top of which are rails on which
travels the self-contained hoisting unit b, called the trolley. The girders
are supported at the ends by trucks with two or four wheels, according to
the size of the crane. The crane is moved along the track by motor c,
through shaft d and gearing to the truck wheels. Suspended from the
girders on one side is the operator’s cab e, containing the controller, or
master switches, master hydraulic brake cylinder, warning device, etc.
The bridge girders for small cranes are of the I-beam type, but on the

8
longer spans, box girders are used to give torsional and lateral stiffness.
The girders are rigidly attached to the truck end framing, which carries
the double-flanged wheels for supporting the bridge. The end frames
project over the rails so that in case of a broken wheel or axle, the frame

will rest on the rail, preventing the crane from dropping. One wheel axle
on each truck is fitted with gears for driving the crane or is coupled
directly to the shaft which transmits power from the gear reducer. On a
cab-operated bridge, a brake, usually hydraulic, is applied to the motor
shaft to stop the crane. Floor-operated cranes generally utilize spring
engaged, electrically released brakes.
The trolley consists of a frame which carries the hoisting machinery
and is supported on wheels for movement along the bridge rails. The
wheels are coupled to the trolley traverse motor through suitable gear
reduction. Trolleys are frequently equipped with a second set of hoisting
machinery to provide dual lifting means or an auxiliary of smaller
capacity. The hoisting machinery consists of motor, motor brake, load
brake, gear reduction, and rope drum. Wire rope winding in helical
grooves on the drum is reeved over sheaves in the upper block and
lower hook block for additional mechanical advantage. Limit switches
are provided to stop the motors when limits of travel are reached.
Current is brought to the crane by sliding or rolling collectors in contact
with conductors attached to or parallel with the runway and preferably
located at the cab end of the crane. Current from the runway conductors
and cab is carried to the trolley in a like manner from conductors
mounted parallel to the bridge girder. Festooned multiconductor cables
are also used to supply current to crane or trolley.
Electric cranes are built for either alternating or direct current, with
the former predominating. The motors for both kinds of current are
designed particularly for crane service. Direct-current motors are usually
series-wound, and ac motors are generally of the wound-rotor or
two-speed squirrel-cage type. The usual ac voltages are 230 and 460,
the most common being 460. Variable-frequency drives (VFDs) are
used with ac squirrel cage motors to provide precise control of the load
over a wide range of speeds. Cranes and hoists equipped with VFDs are
capable of delicate positioning and swift acceleration of loads to the
maximum speed. Standard, inexpensive squirrel cage motors may be
used with VFDs to provide high-performance control of all crane motions.
The capacities and other dimensions for standard electric cranes

Gantry Cranes
Gantry cranes are modifications of traveling cranes and are generally
used outdoors where it is not convenient to erect on overhead runway.
The bridge (Fig. 10.4.14) is carried at the ends by the legs a, supported
by trucks with wheels so that the crane can travel. As with the traveling
crane, the bridge carries a hoisting unit; a cover to protect the machinery
9
from the weather is often used. The crane is driven by motor b through a
gear reduction to shaft c, which drives the vertical shafts d through
bevel gears. Bevel- and spur-gear reductions connect the axles of the
wheels with shafts d. Many gantry cranes are built without the cross
shaft, employing separate motors, brakes, and gear reducers at each end
of the crane. Gantry cranes are made in the same sizes as standard
traveling cranes.

Special-Purpose Overhead Traveling Cranes


A wide variety can be built to meet special conditions or handling
requirements; examples are stacker cranes to move material into and out
of racks, wall cranes using a runway on only one side of a building,
circular running or pivoting cranes, and semi-gantries. Load-weighing
arrangements can be incorporated, as well as special load-handling devices
such as lifting beams, grapples, buckets, forks, and vacuum grips.
Rotary Cranes and Derricks
Rotary cranes are used for lifting material and moving it to points covered
by a boom pivoted to a fixed or movable structure. Derricks are
used outdoors (e.g., in quarries and for construction work), being built
so that they can be easily moved. Pillar cranes are always fixed and are
used for light, infrequent service. Jib cranes are used in manufacturing
plants. Locomotive cranes mounted on car wheels are used to handle
loads by hook or bulk material by means of tubs, grab buckets, or
magnets. Wrecking cranes are of the same general type as locomotive
cranes and are used for handling heavy loads on railroads.

Locomotive Cranes
The locomotive crane (Fig. 10.4.17) is self-propelled and provided with
trucks, brakes, automatic couplers, fittings, and clearances which will
permit it to be used or hauled in a train; it can function as a complete
unit on any railroad. Locomotive cranes are of the rotating-deck type,
consisting of a hinged boom attached to the machinery deck, which is
turntable-mounted and operated either by mechanical rotating clutches

or by a separate electric or hydraulic swing motor. The boom is operated


by powered topping line, with a direct-geared hoisting mechanism to
raise and lower it. Power to operate the machinery is deck-mounted, and
the machinery deck is completely housed. The crane may be powered
by internal-combustion engine or electric motor. The combination of
internal-combustion engine, generator, and electric motor makes up the
power arrangement for the diesel-electric locomotive crane. Another
power arrangement is made up of internal-combustion engines driving
hydraulic pumps for hydraulically powered swing and travel mechanisms.
The car body and machinery deck are ballasted, thereby adding
stability to the crane when it is rotated under load. The basic boom is
generally 50 ft (15 m) in length; however, booms range to 130 ft (40 m)

10
in length. Locomotive cranes are so designed that power-shovel, piledriver,
hook, bucket, or magnet attachments can be installed and the
crane used in such service. Locomotive cranes are used most extensively
in railroad work, steel mills, and scrap yards. The cranes usually
have sufficient propelling power not only for the crane itself, but also
for switching service and hauling cars.

Truck Cranes
The advent of the truck crane has changed significantly the methods of
lifting and placing heavy items such as concrete buckets, logs, pipe, and
bridge or building members. Truck cranes can, without assistance, be

rapidly equipped with accessory booms to reach to 260 ft (79 m)

vertically—or 180 ft (55 m) vertically with 170 ft of horizontal reach.

luffing mechanism

The word luffing, like so many crane-related terms, has its origin and natural
usage from the days of sailing ships. Booms were rated to handle cargo as well
as sails, and the technologies of hoisting and season ship developed together.

As using Crane practice, luffing means changing the angle of the main load
supporting member makes with the horizontal. Other names used for the same
ocean include topping, derricking, and booming. Henceforth, these terms can be
used interchangeably.

Derricking also raises and lowers loads to a limited extent, but mainly this
motion serves to move load horizontally. Together with this swing, or
horizontal rotating motion, luffing enables a hoisting the device’s service loads
with a portion of vertical cylindrical zone.
The derricking lines always carry system debt load and suffer an increase in
loading whenever hook load is lifted. Nonetheless, the luffing system ropes.
Less severe service then do hoisting system ropes as rule. Luffing is a relatively
slow operation. It well-planned insulation will be arranged keep luffing
movements at a minimum for the sake of production efficiency. This implies
that the luffing ropes will undergo most of their loading sequences while static,
his condition that the ropes are far better able to endure the loaded passage over
sheaves.

As with the hoisting mechanism, when the topping lift is static, each part of the
line is equally loaded. When derricking starts, friction is introduced and the
resulting losses can be taken.

11
An unloaded strut may not have enough way to overcome resistance and derrick
out when required. The overhaul weight must serve to ensure that system will
be able derrick out. The forces which resist derricking out and which must be
overcome are the same as for the load hoist system but of course are now the
forces in the derricking system. There are friction at the sheaves and at the
derrick and drum and the weight of the vertical segment of lead rope.

The overhaul weight calculated for the load hoist system will often be adequate
for the derricking system as well; it is a question of system geometry.

*A level-luffing crane is a crane mechanism where the hook remains at the


same level whilst luffing; moving the jib up and down, so as to move the hook
inwards and outwards relative to the base.[1]
Some types of crane are inherently level-luffing: those with a fixed horizontal
jib, such as gantry, hammerhead or the fixed-jib tower cranes commonly used in
construction. Usually though, the description is only applied to those with a
luffing jib that have some additional mechanism applied to keep the hook level
when luffing.
Level-luffing is most important when careful movement of a load near ground
level is required, such as in construction or shipbuilding. This partially explains
the popularity of fixed horizontal jibs in these fields.
Toplis cable luffing

Stothert & Pitt crane with Toplis gear


An early form of level-luffing gear was the "Toplis" design, invented by
a Stothert & Pitt engineer in 1914.[2][3] The crane jibs luffs as for a conventional
crane, with the end of the jib rising and falling. The crane's hook is kept level by
automatically paying out enough extra cable to compensate for this. This is also
12
a purely mechanical linkage, arranged by the reeving of the hoist cables to the
jib over a number of pulleys at the crane's apex above the cab, so that luffing the
jib upwards allows more free cable and lowers the hook to compensate.

Powered level-luffing
As cranes and their control systems became more sophisticated, it became
possible to control the level of luffing directly, by winching the hoist cable in
and out as needed. The first of these systems used mechanical clutches between
luffing and hoist drums, giving simplicity and a "near level" result.
Later systems have used modern electronic controls and quickly reversible
motors with good slow-speed control to the hoist winch motors, so as to give a
positioning accuracy of inches. Some early systems used controllable hydraulic
gearboxes to achieve the same result, but these added complexity and cost and
so were only popular where high accuracy was needed, such as for shipbuilding.

Slewing Mechanism

The slewing drive is a gearbox that can safely hold radial and axial loads, as
well as transmit a torque for rotating. The rotation can be in a single axis, or
in multiple axes together. Slewing drives are made by
manufacturing gearing, bearings, seals, housing, motor and other auxiliary
components and assembling them into a finished gearbox.

History[edit]
The slewing drive is a modernized take on the worm drive mechanism that dates
back many centuries and was widely used during the Renaissance Era. Pappus
of Alexandria(3rd century AD), a Greek mathematician is credited for an early
version of the endless screw, which would later evolve into the worm
drive. This mechanism was also used by Leonardo da Vinci as a component in
many of his designs for machines. It can also be found in the notebooks
of Francesco di Giorgio of Siena.] Many slewing drive concepts found
prominence with the emergence of larger scale construction and engineering in
the height of the Greek and Roman Empires.
Technology

13
Traditional worm gear with a 4-start worm.
Slewing drives function with standard worm technology, in which the worm on
the horizontal shaft acts as the driver for the gear. The rotation of the horizontal
screw turns a gear about an axis perpendicular to the screw axis. This
combination reduces the speed of the driven member and also multiplies its
torque; increasing it proportionally as the speed decreases. The speed ratio of
shafts depends upon the relation of the number ofthreads on the worm to the
number of teeth in the worm wheel or gear
As technology has improved, more and more slewing drives are now
functioning with hourglass worm technology which functions much in the same
way as a traditional worm with one big exception: a traditional worm touches
just one tooth at a time while an hourglass engages up to 11 teeth at one
time.[5] This increased tooth engagement results in far greater strength,
efficiency and durability.
Performance characteristics
Because of their multiple uses, slewing drives come in a variety of model sizes,
performance ranges and mounting characteristics. The drives are perfect for
applications that require both load holding and rotational torque from the same
gear box. They can also be made with dual axes of rotation, (turning axes at the
same time) or with dual drives on the same axis, (two worm threads driving the
same ring gear in one axis
Materials
The specifications for drives and gears varies depending on the material the gear
is composed of. However, a majority of the drives and gears commonly used are
composed of steel and phosphor bronze. According to an extensive series of
tests by the Hamilton Gear & Machine Co., chill-cast nickel-phosphor bronze
ranked first in resistance to wear and deformation. Number two on the list
was SAE No. 65 bronze. For bronze gears a good casting should have the
following minimum physical characteristics:

14
15
Gantry Cranes
Gantry cranes, bridge cranes, and overhead cranes, are all types of cranes which lift objects
by a hoist which is fitted in a hoist trolley and can move horizontally on a rail or pair of rails
fitted under a beam.An overhead travelling crane, also known as an overhead crane or as a
suspended crane, has the ends of the supporting beam, the gantry, resting on wheels running
on rails at high level, usually on the parallel side walls of a factory or similar large industrial
building, so that the whole crane can move the length of the building, while the hoist can be
moved to and from across the width of the building. A gantry crane or portal crane has a
similar mechanism supported by uprights, usually with wheels at the foot of the uprights
allowing the whole crane to traverse. Some portal cranes may have only a fixed gantry,
particularly when they are lifting loads such as railway cargoes that are already easily moved
beneath them. Overhead crane and gantry crane are particularly suited to lifting very heavy
objects and huge gantry cranes have been used for shipbuilding where the crane straddles the
ship allowing massive objects like ships' engines to be lifted and moved over the ship. Two
famous gantry cranes built in 1974 and 1969 respectively, are Samson and Goliath, which
reside in the largestdry dockin the world in Belfast,Northern Ireland. Each crane has a span of
140 metres and can lift loads of up to 840tonnesto a height of 70 metres, making a combined
lifting capacity of over 1,600 tonnes, one of the largest in the world.However; gantry cranes
are also available running on rubber tyres so that tracks are not needed, and small gantry
cranes can be used in workshops, for example for lifting automobile engines out of
vehicles.Samson and Goliath are now retained in Belfast as historic monuments under Article
3 of the Historic Monuments and Archaeological Objects (Northern Ireland). A ship-to-shore
rail mounted gantry crane is a specialised version of the gantry crane in which the horizontal
gantry rails and their supporting beam are cantilevered out from between frame uprights
spaced to suit the length of a standard freight container, so that the beam supporting the rails
projects over a quay side and over the width of an adjacent ship allowing the hoist to lift
containers from the quay and move out along the rails to place the containers on the ship.

1
The uprights have wheels which run in tracks allowing the crane to move along the quay to
position the containers at any point on the length of the ship. The first versions of these
cranes were designed and manufactured by Paceco Corporation. They were called Portainers
and became so popular that the term Portainer is commonly used as a generic term to refer to
all ship-to-shore rail mounted gantry cranes.

Workstation gantry carnes

Workstation gantry cranes are used to lift and transport smaller items around a working area
in a factory or machine shop. Some workstation

2
gantry cranes are equipped with an enclosed track, while others use an I-beam, or other
extruded shapes, for the running surface. Most workstation gantry cranes are intended to be
stationary when loaded, and mobile when unloaded. Workstation Gantry Cranes can be
outfitted with either a Wire Rope hoist as shown in the above hoist picture or a lower
capacity Chain Hoist.

Rail mounted gantry (RMG)

3
Rail mounted gantry cranes (RMG) are commonly found in factory applications such as steel
yards, paper mills or locomotive repair shops. The EOT gantry crane functions similarly to an
overhead bridge crane, but has rails installed on the ground and gantry-style legs to support
the crane. Capacities range from 2 to 200 tons, and sometimes even greater capacities. Most
are electrically powered and painted safety yellow.When bridge cranes and gantry cranes
became more popular in factories in the late 1800s a steam engine was sometimes used as a
way to power these devices. The lifting and moving would be transferred from a fixed line.

4
JIB CRANES

INTRODUCTION TO JIB CRANES

These cranes are characterized by the jib which is nothing but a long cantilever.Such cranes
consist essentially of a horizontal member called the jib supported by a rope or cable or some
type of structural member attached to a vertical mast or frame.Load is usually suspented from the
other end of this mast.The cross section of this jib is an ‘I’ channel.This ‘I’ channel carries
hoist,trolley which travels on this channel popularly known as guide rails.Depenting on the
mounting jib cranes are classified into various types.

The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.

Jib Cranes consist of a horizontal load supporting


boom, which is attached to a pivoting vertical column
that is either free standing or building
mounted. They enable lifting and lowering of a load
within a fixed arc of rotation. Jib Cranes can be
provided in a variety of capacities and configurations
including motorized rotation. Below are the basic
types of Jib Cranes.

Application:
Free Standing series jib cranes:
• Are easy to install
• Perform a multitude of functions within a work area
• Allow for 360º of continuous rotation even when using electric- or air-powered hoists and trolleys
• Cantilever-style boom allows for maximum hoist lift
• Puts no stress on its building’s support structure (all the force of the crane is supported by its
foundation).
FS series jibs are an ideal way to handle and transfer materials, and can be used to:
• Service an open area without being tied to a building structure
• Supplement a bridge crane
• Service an area where a bridge crane is not available or feasible
• Take the place of a wall or column mounted crane when less than 360º of rotation is sufficient, but no
other structure is available for support

1
Two key requirements must be met before selecting a Free Standing Series jib crane:
1. The jib crane, in all cases, must be supported by a structurally adequate foundation.
2. There must be sufficient clearance above the boom (nominally 3 inches) throughout its arc

Application:
• Ideal for moving loads around corners or through doorways
• Use for reaching loads into machines or swinging loads under obstructions
• Can be used with hook mounted lifting devices
• Circular coverage areas

This image cannot currently be display ed.

This image cannot currently be display ed.

Description:
Jib cranes are not created equally. Gorbel offers the most comprehensive features and design criteria in
the

2
industry.
Properly applied Gorbel® jib cranes:
• Cover circular (or semi-circular) work areas
• Are versatile enough to perform a wide variety of local handling and spotting functions
• Are economical enough to be dedicated to individual work stations
• Can increase worker satisfaction and encourage safe work practices
• Provide a rapid return on investment

• Can be a useful addition to an overhead handling system, providing coverage in areas not efficiently
serviced by a main crane
• Can relieve a main crane of many handling operations where the greater capacity and energy
consumption of the larger unit would be wasted
• Can be effectively applied in the absence of a main crane, especially where load handling is localized
• Are an economical choice for outdoor installations
Gorbel manufactures three basic categories of jib cranes:
1. I-beam jib cranes (models FS300, FS350, FS350S, WB100, WC200, MT400 & MT450)
2. Enclosed track jib cranes (models WSJ200, WSJ360, TSJ50 & TSJ150)
3. Articulating jib cranes (models AJ360-F, AJ360-C, AJ200 & PPRO)
Each category of crane possesses specific advantages and characteristics to cover all types of
applications. All of Gorbel’s cranes are designed for deflection, as well as for stress, which minimizes
bounce, deflection, and the effort required to move a trolley. Several manufacturers design only for stress.
Gorbel’s standard, pre-engineered jib cranes are available in capacities from 50 pounds (23 kg) to 5 tons
(4536 kg); please consult Gorbel if higher
capacities or non-standard designs are required.
Applications:
The following are just a few of the infinite number of uses for a Gorbel® jib crane:
• In work cells to provide localized material handling
• To supplement a large overhead crane system
• Where overhead cranes are not possible (due to lack of adequate building supports, etc.)
• To transfer materials from one work cell to another
• For suspension of tools
• For economical application outdoors
Warning: Equipment described herein is not designed for, and should not be used for, lifting, supporting,
or
transporting humans. Failure to comply with any one of the limitations noted herein can result in serious
bodily
injury, death, and/or property damage.
Considerations for Selecting a Jib Crane:
A careful analysis must be performed to determine how the crane will affect the efficiency of the work
area and how it will be used in daily operation. The following are the most important considerations when
selecting a crane:
• The type and extent of the structural support available
• Current and anticipated requirements for powered operation of the hoist or crane
• The characteristics and design of each crane type
• The overall height and height under boom offered

• The overall cost of installation

The various types of jib cranes are:

3
• Floor mounted jib crane

1. Fixed column jib crane

2. Rotating column jib crane

• Wall mounted jib crane

• Roof mounted jib crane

FLOOR MOUNTED JIB CRANE

These are cranes in which mast is attached to the ground. The free standing Major jib crane has proven
itself over 10,000 times! It is the world’s best selling jib crane for indoor and outdoor applications. This crane can be
used in nearly every workstation: for feeding machine tools, in stockyards, in power plants, steelworks, machine
houses or sewage treatment plants. Thanks to its very extensive list of accessories, the Major model can be
equipped to handle all requirements, even up to those of an independently operated automatic crane.

4
Features
• DIN 15018 hoisting class: H2
• DIN 15018 loading group: B3
• Medium-heavy design
• Installation location: indoor / outdoor
• Rotation with electrical pneumatic
• Suitable for explosion protection with ATEX
• Low-headroom cantilever design for efficient
motorization possible
large lifting height

5
The free standing Boss jib crane is helpful in more than just everyday applications in crane and lifting technology.
These sophistically engineered jib cranes are used not only in stockyards, power plants, smelting plants and
foundries, but also on mining excavators and dredgers. The Boss jib crane is designed and built for the toughest,
most difficult jobs.

Features
• Classification according to DIN 15018 depending on mode of application and location of use
• Installation location: indoor / outdoor
• Rotation with electrical pneumatic motorization possible

 Fixed column jib crane

6
In this type mast is stationary but jib may be stationary or rotatory.The load is
raised by hoisting trolley and can be moved along the jib and can be rotated in a
horizontal plane.

 Rotating column jib crane

In this type of crane everything is same as that of fixed column jib crane .Only
exception is that the mast is rotating.This mast can rotate through 360 degee
with whole jib and trolley.As seen from the figure it is clear that the column is
mounted on the floor and it is pivoted at the bottom and top at the roof for provide
support.

ROOF MOUNTED JIB CRANE

ElectroMech manufactures Single Girder as well as Double


Girder cranes in the Underslung version as well. Such cranes
find applications where the headrooms available are limited or

7
the process requirements cannot allow any other means of
supporting the crane other than from the roof.
Majority of the Underslung Overhead Cranes are in the
capacity range from 250kg to 10MT. However, higher capacity
Underslung Cranes can also be manufactured as per the
client requirements.
Hoisting is done using the standard ABUS Electric Chain Hoist
/Wire Rope Hoist.
Precise control of the up/down motion and/or travel motion
can be achieved by fitting Variable Frequency Drives in the
panels (optional).
Control can be either through a Pendant Push Button station
or a Radio Remote Control (optional).

ElectroMech manufactures Single Girder Overhead Cranes in


SWLs ranging from 250kg to 20MT in different configurations.
Beam/Box type main girders (dependent on spans)
These cranes can be offered either with an Electrically
Operated Trolley (EOT) or a Hand Operated Trolley (HOT)
depending on the client requirement.
The standard range of ABUS Electric Wire Rope Hoists is used
on these cranes. Alternatively, we can also supply these cranes
with ABUS Electric Chain Hoists.
Precise control of the up/down motion and/or travel motion
can be achieved by fitting Variable Frequency Drives in the
panels (optional).
Control can be either through a Pendant Push Button station or
a Radio Remote Control (optional).
Additionally, we can also supply Single Girder Cranes in a
‘torsion box' type arrangement, featuring a cantilevermounted
ABUS hoist.

Advantages:can save floor area,work span is large,can lift heavy weights

Disadvantages:roof must have high strength,risk of falling load

8
WALL MOUNTED JIB CRANE
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.

In this type the jib is provided pivot at the one end on the wall.Another pivot is attached at the end of the tension
member.The whole jib can turn or rotate about these pivots.This can rotate upto 150 degree in practical.The walls
need to be strength to take the load of crane. D-AW wall-mounted slewing jibs are suitable for universal
applications in the lower load range up to 2000 kg.
The low deadweight makes it easy to move the jib even
under load. Thanks to their low headroom dimension,
they can also be used wherever long hook paths are
needed in spite of a low ceiling height.
■ Classifi cation according to DIN 15018 H2B2
■ Fitted with Demag chain hoist as standard
■ I-beam profi le jib
Options
■ Wall bracket to accommodate the two bearing brackets
of the jib
■ Pillar bracket
■ Chain hoist with electric travel
■ Slewing motion limit stops
■ Locking arrangement for the jib
■ Low-maintenance fl at-cable festoon power supply
■ Control travelling separately along the jib
■ Radio control
■ Equipment for outdoor operation

D-MOS mobile pillar-mounted slewing crane (up to 500 kg)


Ideally suited for workplaces that are subject to frequent change, since the
crane is easily adapted to new requirements, or can be simply relocated
together with the workplace. The location of the crane can be ideally adapted to
the process requirements of the given application. D-MOS cranes are also
highly suitable for maintenance or conversion work.

9
KBK pillar-mounted slewing jib crane (up to 1000 kg)
KBK slewing cranes feature high load capacities and outreach in relation to
their deadweight. The low weight enables the jib to be moved easily and the use
of KBK hollow section rail as the crane girder provides for very low travel
forces.

KBK pillar-mounted slewing jib cranes are also available in low-headroom


design
The low headroom dimension results in a lifting height gain of 290 mm
compared to the standard design. Whether for low-headroom applications,
modernisation measures or changes in the use of the building, our "short"
units are the perfect solution in many cases.

KBK pillar-mounted slewing crane with two jibs (up to 1000 kg)
Effective solution as a pillar-mounted slewing crane with two jibs for the same
space requirement as slewing cranes with one jib. Four different jib
arrangements are available for the perfect workplace design. The efficiency of
specific process sequences can be improved and, at the same time,
implemented economically.

D-AS pillar-mounted slewing jib crane (up to 2000 kg)


The light-weight design and low-headroom jib make this pillar-mounted
slewing jib crane suitable for universal applications in the medium load range
up to 2000 kg.

D-GS pillar-mounted slewing crane (up to 1000 kg)


Pillar-mounted slewing cranes offer a significant advantage wherever movement
of the jib is not inhibited by walls, columns or similar obstacles: the slewing
range covers n x 360°. D-GS pillar-mounted slewing cranes for loads weighing
up to 1000 kg feature particularly low headroom and compact dimensions.
They are ideally suited wherever maximum hook paths are required and only
limited headrom is available.
D-TS pillar-mounted slewing crane (up to 5000 kg)
This slewing crane is the universal solution for the medium load range up to
5000 kg. The low-headroom jib provides for particularly long hook paths. It can
also be powered by an optional electric slewing drive for ease of operation.

D-MS pillar-mounted slewing crane (up to 10000 kg)

10
This pillar-mounted slewing crane features a high load capacity for a long
outreach. The low-headroom jib provides for particularly long hook paths. It
can also be powered by an optional electric slewing drive for ease of operation.

KBK wall-mounted slewing jib (up to 1000 kg)


The decisive advantage of wall-mounted slewing jibs is that they require no
floor space, since they are mounted on load-bearing concrete walls, pillars or
machinery and installations. They are particularly easy to install, since the
bracket is ready to be fitted as a unit and eliminates any complicated
alignment work. KBK wall-mounted slewing jibs are suitable for the lower load
range up to 1000 kg.

KBK wall-mounted slewing jibs are also available in low-headroom design


The low headroom dimension results in a lifting height gain of 290 mm
compared to the standard design. Whether for low-headroom applications,
modernisation measures or changes in the use of the building, our "short"
units are the perfect solution in many cases.

D-AW wall-mounted slewing jib (up to 2000 kg)


D-AW wall-mounted slewing jibs are suitable for universal applications in the
lower load range up to 2000 kg. The low deadweight makes it easy to move the
jib even under load. Thanks to their low headroom dimension, they can also be
used wherever long hook paths are needed in spite of a low ceiling height.

D-GW wall-mounted slewing jib (up to 10000 kg)


Designed for use with Demag chain hoists or Demag rope hoists in connection
with their low-headroom jib and high load capacity, D-GW wall-mounted

11
slewing jibs are suitable for a wide variety of applications

Description:
• Combines high quality, safety, stringent design criteria, ease of installation, and ease of rotation
• Consists of an I-Beam for the mast and boom, two fabricated rotating brackets that bolt to the structural
support, and trolley stops
• Mounts to a wall or column
• Provides approx. 200º of rotation
The WC200 series provides a versatile and cost-effective solutions to your crane needs. All fittings are
made of structural steel and are manufactured to avoid reliance upon castings. Mast/boom connections
are designed for maximum shipping economy and ease of installation.
Application:
• Similar in use to the wall bracket jib crane, but has the advantage of allowing maximum hoist lift
• Can be installed close to the underside of the lowest overhead obstruction (nominally a minimum of 3
inches)
• Especially desirable for individual use in bays, along walls, and sides of shops, or as a supplement to a
traveling overhead crane or monorail
Two key requirements must be met before selecting a Wall Cantilever series jib crane:
1. There must be a structurally adequate wall, column, or truss to support the crane.
Note: Responsibility for determining if the support is adequate rests entirely on the customer.
Information on the loading of the support by the crane can be found in the WC200 pricing
section under the column labeled “Thrust & Pull.”
2. There must be sufficient clearance above the boom (nominally a minimum of 3 inches)
throughout its arc.
Spans & Capacities:
The Wall Cantilever jib cranes are available in capacities up to 5 tons, with standard boom spans up to 30
feet. Please contact the Gorbel® Customer Service Department at (800) 821-0086 (US and Canada) or
(585) 924-6262 (outside US) for information regarding larger spans or capacities, or for special
requirements not in the product binder.
Questions? Concerns?

12
Advantages: leave the floor space open, take heavy loads,rotation is possible

Disadvantages: walls need to be strengthen to take the load of crane

13
Slewing Mechanism

The term "slewing drive" most often refers to a mechanism that consists of a
radial gear, an axial shaft called a worm, and a connected driving component.
More advanced slew drives might include specific worm designs, protective
enclosures and other auxiliary components. Slewing drives are capable of
transferring forces and torque as well as sustaining those forces over time.
There are many applications for slewing drives, a few different materials to
choose from, and a long history.

The most basic slewing drive has a radial gear driven by the worm. The teeth
of the gear meet with the grooves in the worm and, as the worm turns, the gear
also turns. Common features for different slewing drives can include an
hourglass-shaped worm, which is often considered more efficient because
multiple teeth on the gear can be engaged at once. Other features can include
a protective enclosure meant to keep the mechanisms clean. The motor or
driving component, like the spinning of a wind turbine, also might change the
specific design of a slewing drive.

In general, the purpose of these machines is to change axial movement to


radial movement. Depending on the number of threads on the worm and the
number of teeth on the gear, the speed and power of the axial force will be
converted to a specific radial force. Depending on the application, a slewing
drive might be useful for amplifying the torque that rotates a mechanism.

A slewing bearing is a piece of hardware used to facilitate circular movement,


usually of a large device such as a crane. The term "slew" means to turn
without changing location, so a slewing bearing is one that will not move out
of place but will instead facilitate movement while in one position. These
bearings are usually quite large and are used for heavy-duty applications; they
are therefore usually made from heavy-duty metals such as steel, though other
materials including aluminum and titanium can be used for their construction
as well.

The slewing bearing is not mounted on a shaft, but is instead bolted to a flat
surface. The gears allow one part of the bearing to move while the other stays

1
in place, thereby facilitating movement. The path of the movement can vary;
sometimes the slewing bearing is used to facilitate round movement, while in
other cases an oscillating movement can be performed. The type of movement
depends on the configuration of the slewing bearing as well as the location of
the gears. The gears allow a platform to be driven in a certain motion, and the
location of the gears will depend on the design of the device.

Movements of a cranes

2
Jib crane have the following motions:

1. Hoisting motion
2. Derricking or luffing motion
3. Slewing motion
4. Long travel motion

Hoisting motion:
It is used to lift or lower the load. This is usually achieved by steel wire
ropes being affixed to a crane hook or a grab hanging from the outer end of
the jib. The rope is applied through some receiving arrangement and
controlled and operated by a winch system.

Derricking or Luffing motion:

It is imparted to the inclined member or the jib to move in a vertical


plane so that the angle of the jib may be changed in order to bring the load line
nearer to or further off from the centre of the crane.

3
Slewing motion:
It is imparted to the whole super structure of the crane including the jib,
so that it can turn about a central pivot shaft with respect to the non-revolving
parts. This motion enables the crane to shift the load line to revolve round the
crane.

4
Long Travel Motion:
It may be required when the whole crane structure has to be shifted to a
distant place along a rail track or along a road. Travelling is different from
crane to crane only in that a disproportionately heavy crane requires
disproportionately heavy track and that a wide crane requires an
inconveniently wide track.

5
6
• Back tension in sprockets

First, let us explain the relationship between flat belts and pulleys. Figure
2.5shows a rendition of a flat belt drive. The circle at the top is a pulley, and the
belt hangs down from each side. When the pulley is fixed and the left side of the
belt is loaded with tension (T0), the force needed to pull the belt down to the right
side will be:

T1 = T0 × eµθ

For example, T0 = 100 N: the coefficient of friction between the belt and pulley, µ
= 0.3; the wrap angle θ = π (180°).

T1 = T0 × 2.566 = 256.6 N

In brief, when you use a flat belt in this situation, you can get 256.6 N of drive
power only when there is 100 N of back tension. For elements without teeth such
as flat belts or ropes, the way to get more drive power is to increase the
coefficient of friction or wrapping angle. If a substance, like grease or oil, which
decreases the coefficient of friction, gets onto the contact surface, the belt cannot
deliver the required tension.

In the chain's case, sprocket teeth hold the chain roller. If the sprocket tooth
configuration is square, as in Figure 2.6, the direction of the tooth's reactive force
is opposite the chain's tension, and only one tooth will receive all the chain's
tension. Therefore, the chain will work without back tension.

Figure 2.5 Flat Belt Drive

1
Figure 2.6 Simplified Roller/Tooth Forces

Figure 2.7 The Balance of Forces Around the Roller

But actually, sprocket teeth need some inclination so that the teeth can engage
and slip off of the roller. The balance of forces that exist around the roller are
shown in Figure 2.7, and it is easy to calculate the required back tension.

For example, assume a coefficient of friction µ = 0, and you can calculate the
back tension (Tk) that is needed at sprocket tooth number k with this formula:

k-1
Tk = T0 × {sin ø ÷ sin (ø + 2β)}

Where:

• Tk = back tension at tooth k


• T0 = chain tension
• ø = sprocket minimum pressure angle 17 - 64/N(°)
• N = number of teeth
• 2β = sprocket tooth angle (360/N)
• k = the number of engaged teeth (angle of wrap × N/360); round down to the nearest whole
number to be safe

By this formula, if the chain is wrapped halfway around the sprocket, the back
tension at sprocket tooth number six is only 0.96 N. This is 1 percent of the
amount of a flat belt. Using chains and sprockets, the required back tension is
much lower than a flat belt.

Now let's compare chains and sprockets with a toothed-belt back tension.

Although in toothed belts the allowable tension can differ with the number of
pulley teeth and the revolutions per minute (rpm), the general recommendation
is to use 1/3.5 of the allowable tension as the back tension (F). This is shown in
Figure 2.8. Therefore, our 257 N force will require 257/3.5 = 73 N of back
tension.

2
Both toothed belts and chains engage by means of teeth, but chain's back tension
is only 1/75 that of toothed belts.

Figure 2.8 Back Tension on a Toothed Belt

3
GANTRY CRANES
Material handling is one of the key phenomena in any industrial environment. The
mechanical device o be adopted for such handling depends upon a number of factors
such as weight of the materials, distance to be handled, frequency and repetitiveness of
handling, economy of time and cost, safety and the process of manufacturing. An
environment of high degrees of temperature and distancing away from such environment
is another aspect that necessitates handling of materials through overhead cranes. There
are a number of major industrial segments that depend upon the deployment of Overhead
cranes. They are Paper Mills, Steel Plants, Sugar Mills, Cement Plants, Chemical
Sector and Railways. An overhead crane, also called a bridge crane operating
over the working environment, runs horizontally over two parallel runways coupled
to a traveling bridge. The lifting component, hoist travels along the bridge to lift materials. It
covers varying span, depending upon the various processes involved in manufacturing.
The basic objective of using overhead crane is to keep the hazardous elements such as
heat, acidity, combustibility, distanced from the work force. For example, in a galvanizing
unit, heavy structural materials are required to be dipped into a number of tanks for the
performance of sequential processes such as acid tank for pickling, water tank for rinsing,
chemical tank for fluxing and molten zinc tank for galvanizing. Similarly, in a steel plant,
overhead crane does operations like feeding of raw materials to a furnace, storing for
cooling, lifting and loading of finished coils onto trucks and trains.
Gantry cranes, bridge cranes, and overhead cranes, are all types
of cranes which lift objects by a hoist which is fitted in a hoist trolley and can
move horizontally on a rail or pair of rails fitted under a beam.
An overhead travelling crane, also known as an overhead crane or as a
suspended crane, has the ends of the supporting beam, the gantry, resting on
wheels running on rails at high level, usually on the parallel side walls of
a factory or similar large industrial building, so that the whole crane can move
the length of the building, while the hoist can be moved to and from across the
width of the building. A gantry crane or portal crane has a similar mechanism
supported by uprights, usually with wheels at the foot of the uprights allowing
the whole crane to traverse. Some portal cranes may have only a fixed gantry,
particularly when they are lifting loads such as railway cargoes that are
already easily moved beneath them.

1
Types of gantry cranes

Container crane

A ship-to-shore rail mounted gantry crane is a specialized version of the


gantry crane in which the horizontal gantry rails and their supporting beam are
cantilevered out from between frame uprights spaced to suit the length of a
standard freight container, so that the beam supporting the rails projects over
a quayside and over the width of an adjacent ship allowing the hoist to lift
containers from the quay and move out along the rails to place the containers
on the ship. The uprights have wheels which run in tracks allowing the crane
to move along the quay to position the containers at any point on the length of
the ship. The first versions of these cranes were designed and manufactured
by Paceco Corporation They were called Portainers and became so popular
that the term Portainer is commonly used as a generic term to refer to all ship-
to-shore rail mounted gantry cranes.

Workstation gantry cranes

2
Workstation gantry cranes are used to lift and transport smaller items around
a working area in a factory or machine shop. Some workstation gantry cranes
are equipped with an enclosed track, while others use an I-beam, or other
extruded shapes, for the running surface. Most workstation gantry cranes are
intended to be stationary when loaded, and mobile when unloaded.
Workstation Gantry Cranes can be outfitted with either a Wire Rope hoist as
shown in the above hoist (device) picture or a lower capacity Chain Hoist.

Rail mounted gantry (RMG) cranes

3
Rail mounted gantry cranes (RMG) are commonly found in factory applications
such as steel yards, paper mills or locomotive repair shops. The EOT gantry
crane functions similarly to an overhead bridge crane, but has rails installed
on the ground and gantry-style legs to support the crane. Capacities range
from 2 to 200 tons, and sometimes even greater capacities. Most are
electrically powered and painted safety yellow.

When bridge cranes and gantry cranes became more popular in factories in
the late 1800s a steam engine was sometimes used as a way to power these
devices. The lifting and moving would be transferred from a fixed line shaft.
The picture on the right shows an example of system powered by a line shaft
and steam engine. The overhead crane is from 1875, and was one of the first
systems to be powered in such a way.

EOT (Electric Overhead Traveling) Crane

This is most common type of overhead crane, found in most factories. As


obvious from name, these cranes are electrically operated by a control
pendant, radio/IR remote pendant or from an operator cabin attached with the
crane itself.

4
Fixed Height

This gantry crane has a beam fixed at a particular height. These cranes lift
objects to specific heights. Some fixed-height gantry cranes are equipped with
wheels or casters for moving around a factory. Portable fixed-height cranes
prove useful in places where lifting is not frequently performed.

Adjustable Height

An adjustable-height gantry crane has grooves on the support beams; the


horizontal beams fits into the grooves to adjust the hoist to reach varying
heights. These gantry cranes are equipped with wheels or casters; they lift
objects to different heights in construction and in other industries.

Single Girder

5
A single-girder gantry crane lifts heavy objects in small manufacturing units
and warehouses. These gantry cranes are equipped with wheels that can be
fixed in different areas of a factory. The height of the hoist fastened under the
girder in a single-girder gantry crane is lower than that of a double-girder
crane. A single-girder gantry crane has lateral braces for added strength.

Double Girder

Double-girder gantry cranes are used in heavy industries; they carry heavier
objects than the single-girder version. Double-girder gantry cranes have two
horizontal beams with the hoist fastened between the two beams rather than
under the horizontal beam. The hoist has a greater height than that of a single-
girder crane.

Cantilever Gantry Crane

A cantilever gantry crane has girders that run crossways on one side of the
horizontal girder or on both sides of the horizontal girder.

6
Portable Gantry Cranes

Portable gantry cranes are an ideal answer to awkward applications like hard
to budge cartons or machinery. These cranes give you the pinpoint accuracy,
speed, durability, and load control needed in many of the following industries
and operations: automotive, trucking, manufacturing, loading docks, aircrafts,
marine, warehouses or maintenance.

Advantages
• Can be used where overhead runways are not practical.
• A much greater bridge weight than an equivalent overhead crane.
• Span upto 150m
• Less costly as compared to bridge crane
• Simpler installations
• Floor area is free

Disadvantages
• Accidents may occur
• Operation is slow
• Expensive

7
• High power consumption
• Structure needs to be very strong

Apron conveyors
An apron conveyor is a type of conveyor made from individual apron
plates that are linked together with hinges on its underside, thus creating a
looped carrying surface where materials can be placed. It plays a vital part in
several industries by being used to move different materials from one location
to another. This type of conveyor is used to deliver a large number of materials
across several phases of production and is particularly useful for transport of
huge and heavy materials.
Many industries consider apron conveyors to be a lifeline in their
industry, including manufacturing, agricultural, and chemical industries. In
the manufacturing industry, these conveyors are used to move materials
across different sections during the manufacturing process; in the agricultural
industry, they are used to deliver grains. Apron belts can be made to have
walls that can ideal for moving materials with no containers, such as feed and
gravel. In the chemical industry, apron belts are used to move hazardous
materials that prevent workers from handling them.

8
An apron conveyor works much like the tracks of a battle tank.
Individual apron plates overlap and are linked together to form a closed belt or
chain. A mechanism, usually composed of several metal rollers, is placed
inside the conveyor belt.

Some rollers contain pins or teeth that hook into the holes or grooves
built under the apron plates. When the rollers turn, the teeth that are hooked to
the plates move, which then moves the apron conveyor belt along the rollers.
This action is similar to when a sprocket moves a bicycle chain when the
pedals are pushed. The operator can adjust the speed and direction of the
conveyor through the mechanism. Since the apron conveyor belt forms a loop,
it can work continuously as long as the roller mechanism turns.

Apron conveyors made from high grade steel are useful for handling
abrasive materials, such as rocks and granules. Walls and overlap in the apron
plates ensure minimal material loss, especially when transporting grains and
detritus. Mainly used for industrial purposes, these conveyors are made to
withstand tremendous weight, heat, and continuous operation. The conveyor
can be treated with special coatings to achieve a desired surface, such as
friction or elasticity.

9
Parts of an apron conveyor

The apron conveyor comprises of the following parts:

1. Frame
Frame is usually welded of angle iron or channel bars. The
terminal sections are separate frames accommodating the drive
and take up units. The intermediate sections, supporting the
moving parts of the conveyor consists of four to six meter long
metal structures. The guide ways for the supporting rollers are
made of angle iron and of channel or narrow gauge rail.

2. Drive Unit
The driving unit of an apron conveyor consists of the driving
sprockets, transmission gear and electric motor. Conveyors
having an inclined or horizontal inclined path are provided with
hold back brake to obviate the risk of a loaded belt sliding back
when the current supplying the motor fails or a defect in the
transmission gear fail to retain the loaded apron in position.

3. Take up
Apron conveyors have screw or spring and screw take-ups
mounted on the terminal sprockets. The takeup travel should not
be less than 1.6 to 2.0 times the chain pitch. One of the take up
pulleys is keyed to the shaft and the other is not to permit its
adjustment to the chain joint position.

4. Apron
Apron is the load carrying member of tha apron conveyor and is
therefore, designated to suit the nature of the material conveyed.
Apron comein the following basic designs:
a. Flanged
b. Unflanged
c. Flat
d. Spaced with rollers
e. Spaced without rollers
f. Corrugated
g. Deep
h. Box type
i. Shallow

10
5. Pulling Member
Apron conveyors are usually equipped with two strands to link
plate bush roller chains. The travelling rollers of the extensively
used bush roller chain support the apron and load along the guide
ways of the conveyor. The roller may be flanged or unflanged ,
may run in sliding bearings or roller bearings. The latter are
mainly used in heavy duty conveyors. Stationary rollers (idlers)
secured on the conveyor frame support the apron of the conveyor
frame support the apron of the conveyors employing bush, bush
roller and detachable chains. On the loaded run the chain link
edges slide on the stationary rollers while on the return the apron
is supported like the belt conveyor.

Uses of apron conveyors


Apron conveyors are used in conveying hot, sharp lump and piece of
materials. They are widely used in chemical industry enterprises, metallurgy,
coal mining, machine building and other branches of industry. They also serve
to convey article pastwork stations in line production.

Advantages
• They are able to handle heavy, large, lumped and hot materials
• They have capacity of 3000 tonnes per hour and over
• They run smoothly and noiselessly
• They may be fed from over head hoppers
• They follow a wide range of complex paths
• Can be adjusted to any length by changing the number of plates
• Maintenance and repair are easy
• Damaged plates can be easily removed and replaced.

Disadvantages
• They are bulky and have considerable weight
• Continuous maintenance is required
• They have hinged joints
• Cannot be used in food industry as there is a risk of contamination

11
Working principle and Feature of Belt Conveyor

Belt conveyor is a machine transporting material in a


continuous way by friction drive. It is mainly composed by
rack, conveyor belt, belt roll, tensioning device and gearing. It
can form a material delivery process between the initial
feeding point and the final discharging point of jaw crusher .
It can transport not only granular material, but also work
piece. Besides the pure material transporting, it can also form
a rhythmic flow transport line complying with the
requirements of various industrial production processes.
The belt conveyor can be used for horizontal transportation or
inclined transportation in a convenient way, and widely used
in modern industrial enterprises, such as: mine tunnel, mine
surface transportation system, open-pit and concentrator.
Working principle
Belt conveyor is composed by two endpoint pulleys and a
closed conveyor belt. The pulley that drives conveyor belt
rotating is called drive pulley or transmission drum; the other
one–only used to change conveyor belt movement direction–
is called bend pulley. Drive pulley is driven by the motor
through reducer, and conveyor belt dragging relies on the
friction drag between the drive pulley and the conveyor belt.
The drive pulleys are generally installed at the discharge end
in order to increase traction and be easy to drag. Material is
fed on the feed-side and landed on the rotating conveyor belt,
then rely on the conveyor belt friction to be delivered to

1
discharge end.
Feature

Compared with other transport equipment, such as


Motorcycle, belt conveyor is the best efficient continuous coal
transportation equipment with advantages of long
transmission distance, large volume, continuous conveyor,
etc., and operate reliably, easy to implement automation and
centralization control; especially for high yield and efficient
mine, belt conveyor has become the key equipment for coal
mining and mechatronics technology.
The belt conveyor mainly has the following characteristics:
the body can flex easily with a belt-warehousing, the tail can
elongate or shorten complying with the coal face; directly lay
on the roadway floor without setting up foundation; compact
structure, light and handy rack and convenient disassembly.
When the transmission capacity is big or transport distance is
far, we can meet the requirements by equipping with
intermediate drives. According to the requirements of
transmission process, it can be transported by single
transmission and also can be formed a horizontal or inclined
transportation by multi-unit.
The belt conveyor is widely used in metallurgy, coal,
transportation, utilities, chemical and other departments
because of its features of big conveying capacity, simple
structure, easy-to- maintenance, low cost and versatility.
The belt conveyor is also used in building materials,
electricity, light, food, ports, ships and other departments.

2
A conveyor belt is the carrying medium of a belt conveyor
system (often shortened to belt conveyor). A belt conveyor
system is one of many types of conveyor systems. A belt
conveyor system consists of two or more pulleys (sometimes
referred to as drums), with an endless loop of carrying
medium - the conveyor belt - that rotates about them. One or
both of the pulleys are powered, moving the belt and the
material on the belt forward. The powered pulley is called the
drive pulley while the unpowered pulley is called the idler
pulley. There are two main industrial classes of belt
conveyors; Those in general material handling such as those
moving boxes along inside a factory and bulk material
handling such as those used to transport large volumes of
resources and agricultural materials, such
as grain, salt, coal, ore, sand, overburden and more.

Today there are different types of conveyor belts that have


been created for conveying different kinds of material
available in PVC and rubber materials.

3
The belt consists of one or more layers of material. Many
belts in general material handling have two layers. An under
layer of material to provide linear strength and shape called a
carcass and an over layer called the cover. The carcass is often
a woven fabric having a warp & weft. The most common
carcass materials are polyester, nylon and cotton. The cover is
often various rubber or plastic compounds specified by use of
the belt. Covers can be made from more exotic materials for
unusual applications such as silicone for heat or gum rubber
when traction is essential.

Material flowing over the belt may be weighed in transit using


a beltweigher. Belts with regularly spaced partitions, known
as elevator belts, are used for transporting loose materials up
steep inclines. Belt Conveyors are used in self-unloading bulk
freighters and in live bottom trucks. Belt conveyor technology
is also used in conveyor transport such as moving
sidewalks or escalators, as well as on many
manufacturing assembly lines. Stores often have conveyor
belts at the check-out counter to move shopping items. Ski
areas also use conveyor belts to transport skiers up the hill.

4
The Belt

The system's load capacity relies on the


belt's centre chain. The chain is driven by the drive unit and it
returns through the frame from the idler unit. This positive
210º sprocketwrapped drive withstands high pull forces and
insures durability.

The slats are snapped onto the centre chain


and can be replaced individually at the drive and idler unit
without the need for special tools. The taps at the centre of the
belt are enclosed along the frame's entire length including the
return.

5
Because the belt is so well captured, the AmbaVeyor is able to
convey loads in all directions and pass through bends without
any problem. As a result, the AmbaVeyor conveyor has no
tracking problems, even when side pushing products to and
from the belt.

The TPO slats applied in the AmbaVeyor


overlap each other and form a closed conveyor belt. This
universal belt type is suitable for almost all applications. The
slats can be fitted with a high friction top in order to transport
along inclines. The grip is determined by the ratio of high
friction to normal slats.

Performance
The AmbaVeyor is capable of running at speeds of up to sixty
metres per minute. The maximum belt length can vary from
ten to fifty metres, depending on load and track layout.

The belt moves on slide profiles around the centre and on the
outer ends of each slat. This ensures stable support over the
entire width. The load capacity can be up to 120 kg/metre,
depending on the type of product to be conveyed.

6
TOPIC : CONVEYOR MACHINES – BELT CONVEYORS-
TYPES

CONVEYOR MACHINES:

- Mechanical conveyors are used for transporting most bulk solids


(sand, ash, grains etc.)
- They are used not only in transportation of bulk solids from one
location to another location but also for feeding, discharging,
metering and proportioning such materials to and from bulk solids
storage silos and other solids handling and processing equipments.
- Conveyor is a device which is used for continuous transportation.

1
It can be used for horizontal or inclined conveying. Also vertical
conveying as an elevator.

They may be fixed or portable

i.e (a) Portable conveyors

(b) Straight conveyors

(c) Circular conveyors

- Conveyors which are driven with the help of power known as traction
conveyors or those without the power known as tractionless conveyors as
material moves due to gravity.

Conveyors can be classified in the following ways :

- Type of product being handled : unit load or bulk load.

- Location of the conveyor : overhead, on-floor, or in-floor.

- Whether or not loads can accumulate on the conveyor.

BELT CONVEYOR

A conveyor belt is the carrying medium of a belt conveyor system (often


shortened to belt conveyor). A belt conveyor system is one of many types
of conveyor systems. A belt conveyor system consists of two or
more pulleys (sometimes referred to as drums), with an endless loop of carrying
medium - the conveyor belt - that rotates about them. One or both of the
pulleys are powered, moving the belt and the material on the belt forward. The
powered pulley is called the drive pulley while the unpowered pulley is called the

2
idler pulley. There are two main industrial classes of belt conveyors; Those in
general material handling such as those moving boxes along inside a factory
and bulk material handling such as those used to transport large volumes of
resources and agricultural materials, such
as grain, salt, coal, ore, sand,overburden and more.
Today there are different types of conveyor belts that have been created for
conveying different kinds of material available in PVC and rubber materials.
The belt consists of one or more layers of material. Many belts in general
material handling have two layers. An under layer of material to provide linear
strength and shape called a carcass and an over layer called the cover. The
carcass is often a woven fabric having a warp &weft. The most common carcass
materials are polyester, nylon and cotton. The cover is often various rubber or
plastic compounds specified by use of the belt. Covers can be made from more
exotic materials for unusual applications such as silicone for heat or gum rubber
when traction is essential.
Material flowing over the belt may be weighed in transit using a beltweigher.
Belts with regularly spaced partitions, known as elevator belts, are used for
transporting loose materials up steep inclines. Belt Conveyors are used in self-
unloading bulk freighters and in live bottom trucks. Belt conveyor technology is
also used in conveyor transport such as moving sidewalks or escalators, as well
as on many manufacturing assembly lines. Stores often have conveyor belts at
the check-out counter to move shopping items. Ski areas also use conveyor belts
to transport skiers up the hill.

TYPES OF BELT CONVEYORS :

1) Flat Belt conveyor:

3
Flat Belt Conveyors are Belt Conveyors in which the carrying run is
supported by flat-belt idlers or pulleys.To align a flat belt conveyor
simply adjust the tail end pulley or the idler pulley, it is provided with
adjuster bolt to adjust it in order to align the conveyor. Flat belt
conveyors are best suited for handling cartoons, bags, sorting and picking
component range, filing, labeling, inspection, packaging and wrapping tasks.

2) Troughed Belt conveyor:

Troughed belt conveyor is that in which the belt forms a trough on the carrying
side while running over idler rollers which are either in set of 5 rolls, 3 rolls or
2 rolls. The troughing angle adopted are: 15°, 20° , 25° , 30° , 35° , 40° , 45° .
Return idlers are usually straight roller type.

4
Transverse flexibility or rigidity of the belt is another significant
consideration. It is important that the belt trough properly. The empty
conveyor belt must make sufficient contact with the center roll in order to
track properly.

Troughed belt conveyors are used for higher capacity, higher speed
requirement, and for handling bulk material of large lump size. It suitable for
inclined or declined type conveyors.

Transition distance is defined as the distance from the center line of the first
fully troughed idler roll to the center line of either the head or tail pulley. The
distance from the pulley to the top of the wing idler is certainly greater than
the distance from the pulley to the center roll of the troughing set. If the
transition distance is too short, the edge of the belt can be over stretched.
This will adversely affect the load support and belt life.

3) Closed belt conveyor:

5
Self-enclosed conveyor belts (pipe, tube or hose conveyor belts) are primarily
used where bulk materials must be conveyed along horizontal and vertical curves
in confined spaces, and/or where the environment has to be protected resp.
where spillage must be avoided.

The belt can negotiate tight horizontal and vertical curves. This eliminates or
reduces transfer points, which is a big cost saving.

Inclinations of up to 35° can be dealt with.

Pipe conveyor belts protect the conveyed material from external influences like
rain and wind and protect the environment by avoiding spillage of the conveyed
material. Even in the bottom run, no spillage will occur, because the carry side is
inside of the tube.
The idler supports can be spaced farther apart, because it is self-supporting.
An additional conveyor cover is not necessary.

Pipe conveyors are a German invention, first patented in 1954.

Since a pipe conveyor belt has

 to close and open at the head and drive pulley (or even at intermediate
feeding stations), and

 be closed at any position along the conveyor

for many years or decades, a sophisticated orthotropic carcass system is


indispensable.

6
The belt must not flag so that the edge touches the conveyed material and it
must not be too stiff, which would increase motor power resp. energy
consumption and lead to premature wear of the belt and the idlers.

The belt must always open and never overlap on the pulleys.

The rubber covers must have enhanced specific properties that cope with the
high stretch and with the effects of ozone and ultraviolet radiation.

The belt width is approx. 4 times the pipe diameter

4) Metallic Belt conveyor:

More versatile than other types of conveyors, the steel belt conveyor can be
used to handle any type of metal scrap -- from bushy material to chips and
turnings, wet or dry -- in any volume, and in a wide variety of conveyor paths.

It's capable of combining horizontal and elevating movements. Heavy-duty side


frames, track and wear bars keep the belt on track shift after shift.

Features

• Extended service life with replaceable bushings in heavy-duty side chain

• Interlocking side wings for efficient conveying of small scrap pieces

• Custom engineered to meet application requirements

Options

7
• Round, square or open end configurations to meet application requirements

• Plain, perforated or dimpled belting to meet application requirements

• Drive can be mounted above, below or on the side of the conveyor

• Custom skirts, chutes and hoppers to fit application requirements

• Special side sections are available for height restrictions

• Variable speed drive.

5) Portable conveyor:

Short length flat conveyors carried on a wheeled structure is termed


portable conveyor.These are particularly useful for looking and unloading
of trucks/transport vehicles. The inclination of the conveyor can
generally be adjusted to suit application.

6) Chain/Rope driven belt conveyor :

8
A chain conveyor is a type of conveyor system for moving material
through production lines.
Chain conveyors utilize a powered continuous chain arrangement, carrying
a series of single pendants. The chain arrangement is driven by a motor,
and the material suspended on the pendants are conveyed. Chain
conveyors are used for moving productsdown an assembly line and/or
around a manufacturing or warehousing facility.[1]
Chain conveyors are primarily used to transport heavy unit loads, e.g.
pallets, grid boxes, and industrial containers. These conveyors can be
single or double chain strand in configuration. The load is positioned on
the chains, the friction pulls the load forward.[2] Chain conveyors are
generally easy to install and have very minimun maintenance for users.[3]

9
Many industry sectors use chain conveyor technology in their production
lines. The automotive industry commonly use chain conveyor systems to
convey car parts through paint plants. Chain conveyors also have
widespread use in the white and brown goods, metal finishing and
distribution industries. Chain conveyors are also used in the painting and
coating industry, this allows for easier paint application. The products are
attached to an above head chain conveyor, keeping products off of the
floor allows for higher productivity levels.

10
CONVEYOR BELTS
A conveyor belt is the carrying medium of a belt conveyor
system. A belt conveyor system is one of many types of
conveyor systems. A belt conveyor consist of two or more
pulleys or drums with an endless loop of carrying medium-
the conveyor belt- that rotates about them. One or both of
the pulleys are powered, moving the belt and the material on
the belt forward.

The belt consists of one or more


layers of material. Many belts used in material handling have
two layers. An under layer of material to provide linear
strength and shape called carcass and an over layer called the
cover. The carcass is often a woven fabric having a warp &
weft. The most common carcass materials are polyester,
nylon and cotton. The cover is often various rubber or plastic
compounds specified by use of the belt. Covers can be made
from more exotic materials for unusual applications such as
silicone for heat or gum rubber when traction is essential.

1
Rubber conveyors are commonly
used to convey items with irregular bottom surfaces (small
items that would fall in between rollers). The belt is looped
around each of the rollers and when one of the rollers is
powered by an electrical motor, the belting slides across the
solid metal frame bed, moving the product.

TYPES OF BELTS
There are three types of conveyor belts :
1. Basic belt
2. Snake sandwich belt
3. Long belt
A basic belt consists of two or more pulleys that hold one
continuous length of material. These type of belts can be
motorized or require manual effort. As the belt moves
forward, all the items on the belt are carried forward.
The snake sandwich conveyor consists of two separate
conveyor belts that are set up parallel to each other and hold
the product in place while moving along the belt. This type of

2
belt is used to move items up steep inclines, up to 90
degrees. Created in 1979, the snake sandwich conveyor was
designed as a simple, efficient method of moving rocks and
other material out of a mine.
The long belt conveyor is a system of three drive units used
to move materials over a long distance. The most important
feature of this system is the ability of the rollers to handle
both horizontal and vertical curves. The long belt conveyor
system can reach up to 13.8 Km in length. This type of
conveyor belt is often used in mining operations to transport
materials to remote construction or building site locations,
such as the bottom of a mining pit.

The belt is used for material transportation and is made of


textile or rubber with a metallic or vulcanized joint. These
belts are used for transporting solid and bulk materials at a
great speed, covering great distances (up to 30 km).

3
CLASSIFICATION OF CONVEYOR BELTS
a) According to Carcass
1. Textile belts
i. Cotton fabric belts
ii. Polyamide fabric belts
iii. Polyester fabric belts
iv. Aramid fabric belts
v. Rip stop belts
2. Steel belts
i. Steel rope belts
ii. Steel cord fabric belts
b) According to Cover
1. Abrasion resistant
2. Flame resistant
c) According to Steep angle
1. Conveyor belt with no surface
partitioning
2. Piece goods conveyor belts with cover
patterning
3. Belts with chevron cleats
4. Box-section belts with corrugated
sidewalls
5. Conveyor belts in sandwich design
6. Elevator belts

4
TAKE-UP DEVICES

INTRODUCTION
Take-up bearings are a type of mounted bearing primarily
used for adjusting and maintaining conveyor belt
tension. Take-up is the process of adjusting the length of
the belt and chain to compensate for stretch, shrinkage, or
wear, and to maintain proper tension. This is done with the
assembly of the necessary structural and mechanical parts,
including take-up bearings. The take-up bearing assembly
consists of a housed that is mounted to a frame. The
bearing is guided along the frame by a slot in the bearing
housing or other means. The take-up assembly contains a
screw or other mechanism for adjusting its location along
the frame. A shaft connects two take-up bearings, one
mounted on each side of the assembly. When a conveyor
belt or chain needs to be replaced or tightened, the take-up
bearing is adjusted via the screw or other mechanism to
provide the appropriate amount of tension on the system.

All belt conveyors require the use of some form of take-up


device for the following reasons:

• To ensure adequate tension of the belt leaving the drive


pulley so as to avoid any slippage of the belt
• To ensure proper belt tension at the loading and other
points along the conveyor
• To compensate for changes in belt length due to elongation
• To provide extra length of belt when necessary for splicing
purpose.
1
Usually there are two types of take up arrangements.
• Fixed take up device that may be adjusted periodically by manual
operation
• Automatic take up devices for constant load type.

Screw take up system

In a screw take up system the take up pulley rotates in two


bearing blocks which may slide on stationery guide ways
with the help of two screws. The tension is created by the
two screws which are tightened and periodically adjusted
with a spanner. It is preferable to use screws with
trapezoidal thread t decrease the effort required to
tighten the belt.

2
The main problem with the use of manual take-up is that it
requires a vigilant and careful operator to observe when
take up adjustment is required. Perfect tension adjustment
with this system is also not possible. For this reason these
devices are used only in case of short conveyors of up 60 m
length and light duty.

Automatic take up arrangement

3
In automatic take up arrangement the take up pulley is
mounted on slides or on a trolley which is pulled backwards
by means of a steel rope and deflecting pulleys. The
carriage travels on guide ways mounted parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the conveyor, i.e., horizontally in
horizontal conveyors and at an incline in inclined conveyors.
Hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical take up devices are also
used.

Automatic take-up has the following features:

• It is self adjusting and automatic


• Greater take-up movement is possible.

Endless conveyor belt after being threaded through the


entire length of the conveyor need to be tightened so that
sufficient frictional force is developed between the drive
pulley and the belt, to make the belt move. Belts working
under tension invariably gets elongated with time, which
needs to be taken-up to maintain the desired tension in the
4
belt. A belt conveyor generally have a screw-type
(mechanical) or a gravity-type counterweight take-up unit,
also termed as belt tensioning device.

Gravity take up system


In gravity take up , the tail and pulley is mounted on a movable
carriage which is pulled backwards along the length of the conveyor
by vertically hanging counter weight connected through a steel rope
and deflecting pulleys. In an alternate design, the return side of the
belt passes by the bottom of a counter-loaded deflector roll which
is free to move down to keep the belt taught.

5
Take-up Bearing Component
Take-up bearings are used in conjunction with take-up
frames. Take-up bearings and take-up frames can be sold as
a unit (assembly) or as individual components.
• Take-up assembly (frame with bearings) - They often
include a take-up assembly that consists of a guide
frame, positioning screw, and hardware for position
adjustment.
• Take-up bearing- Take-up bearings may be plain
bearings, roller bearings, or ball bearings.
• Take-up frame- The frame is available in various sizes
and housing styles.

Image Credit: Twentebelt

Bearing Specifications
There are many specifications to consider when selecting a bearing for an application. Below is a condensed list
of bearing specifications as they relate to take-up bearings.

Types of Bearings
There are three basic types of bearings used in take-up
bearings: plain bearings, ball bearings, and roller bearings.
• Plain bearings provide continuous surface contact
between inner and outer races, but do not include rolling
elements. They are used to constrain, guide, or reduce
friction in rotary or linear applications.
6
• Ball bearings use balls between the inner and outer races
to reduce friction.
• Roller bearings use rollers between the inner and outer
races to reduce friction. They provide smooth, low
friction motion in rotary applications.
Bearing Dimensions
Take-up bearings vary in terms of physical dimensions and
operating specifications. Suppliers that use English design
units measure bearings in inches (in) or fractions of an inch.
Suppliers that use metric design units measure bearings in
millimeters (mm) or centimeters (cm).
• Bore diameter is the most important physical dimension
to consider. It is defined as the inner diameter of the
bearing and fits the shaft of axle.
• Bearing width is proportional to the maximum load the
bearing can support. When specifying a replacement
bearing, it is important to select the appropriate width to
ensure the bearing is compatible with the take-up
frame.
Operating Specifications
In terms of operating specifications, the most important
factors to consider are:
• Maximum speed- Maximum speed is the top rotational
speed of the take-up bearing in revolutions per minute
(rpm). Maximum speed is determined by the size of the
bearing, lubrication, bearing material, cage material, and
the desired lifespan of the bearing. In general, smaller
bearings accelerate faster, but larger bearings hold
speed better.

7
Selection Tip: Use a larger bearing for applications where
continuous operation is necessary. Use a smaller bearing
when the application requires direction changes or quick
accelerations.

• Dynamic load- Dynamic load is measured in pounds (lbs)


or Newtons (N) and represents the maximum rated radial
load for a defined bearing life at the rated speed.
Bearing Materials
Ball and roller take-up bearings are usually made from a
carbon or stainless steel. Plain bearing take-ups are made
from bronze or plastics such as polytetrafluoroethylene
(PTFE), nylon, and Acetal polymers. Polytetrafluoroethylene
(PTFE), a heat-tolerant polymer, is a fluorinated
thermoplastic with outstanding chemical resistance, low
leachability, and excellent lubricity. Teflon®, a registered
trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers, is a proprietary form
of PTFE used with many take-up bearings. Nylon, a category
that comprises several grades of polyamides, is commonly
used as a bearing surface material because of its toughness,
resistance, and pressure ratings. Semi-crystalline Acetal
polymers offer excellent lubricity, fatigue resistance, and
chemical resistance; however, they suffer from outgassing
problems at elevated temperatures and become brittle at
low temperatures.

Bearing housings are usually manufactured from cast iron or


steel, while take-up frames are typically made of steel or
cast iron.

8
Bearing Features
Bearings can be designed with features that help improve
their performance in an application. These features include:
• Self-lubricating- Ball and liner materials self-lubricate
or do not require lubrication.
• Lubrication port- Bearing has an opening (port) for
providing grease or oil relubrication.
• Corrosion resistant- Bearings are resistant to corrosion,
rust, pitting, and discoloration.
• Self-aligning- Bearings can correct for a small amount of
angular misalignment.
• Split bearing- The housing and/or bearing is split into
two pieces and bolted together.
• Slot width- The slot that the take-up bearing rides on (if
present), can either be narrow or wide. The take-up
bearing slides along this slot in the frame to adjust the
tension on the conveyor. It is important to ensure the
take-up bearing fits and runs smoothly on the width of
the slot in the frame.

Narrow Slot | Wide Slot


Image Credit: APEX | Fastenal

Take-up Frame Specifications


The frame is what holds the bearing and it comes with its own set of specifications to consider when selecting a
take-up bearing.

9
Take-up Pull Configuration
• Center-pull products locate the adjustment pull axis
through the center of the bearing.

Image Credit: CCIPulley


• Top-pull devices have the pull screw drive on the topside
of the bearing.

Image Credit: Martin Sprocket


• Bottom-pull take-up bearings have the pull screw
drives on the bottom of the bearing.

Image Credit: Take-up Frames Unlimited


• Tube take-up bearings have a screw encapsulated in a
tube, with the bearing mounted to the end of the tube.

Image Credit: CCI

TAKE-UP FRAME SPECIFICATIONS


• Frame length- Frame length is determined by the length
of the drum, or system which the frame will be attached

10
to. The length must be long enough to ensure enough
tension can be placed on the conveyor when tightened.
• Frame width- The width of the frame.
• Top angle- Top of the frame is shaped triangularly as
shown in the picture below.
• Protected screw- Screw has a shield or cover for
protection against debris, liquids, etc.

Image Credit: CCIPulley


• Take-up travel- The total adjustment range of bearing in
frame.
Take-up Bearings Applications
Take-up bearings are used in applications with conveyor
belts such as, fans and blowers, food processing equipment,
and agriculture equipment.

11
Metallic Conveyor Belts

Conveyor Belts which can be used to convey different types of materials from one place to another
though various industrial processes effectively.which are used in general material handling
applications .conveyors are capable of conveying light, medium and heavy loads. Fabricated using
spring steel, GI, SS and others

ADVANTAGES

• Its positive drive gives constant belt speed

• Tracking problems can be eliminated

• Inclined conveying is possible with side guards & partitions

eg: quenching operation in the heat treatment process.

Because of its dense mesh construction and smooth surface this is most efficient for carrying small
parts such as bearing parts, washers etc.

TYPES OF METAL BELT CONVEYORS

• Wire-Mesh Conveyors

Wiremesh chain conveyor is driven by twin strands of chains throughout the passage, therefore can
well prevent the deflection/slanting of belt during circulation that may occur on traditional belts.
Metal wiremesh conveyors feature flat carrying surface, ability to stand strong impact or pull and
good ventilation of the carrying surface, allowing free flow of air or liquid for drying or
washing-down purposes. Easy to maintain, detach, and re-assemble, widely used for deepfreeze
food, roasting, drying and electronics industries.

Heat-resistant wiremesh, ovenproof Wiremesh for ovens/furnaces, drying wiremesh conveyors,


cooling wiremesh conveyors, washing-down wire-mesh belts, etc. applications for common
procedures like drying, steaming, frying, & freezing in food processing and cooling, spraying,
cleansing and heat treatment in metallurgy.

1
• Hinged Steel Belt Conveyors

Hinged Steel Belt Conveyors are used to convey virtually any type of metal scrap. These rugged,
heavy-duty conveyors are designed for long-term, low-maintenance operations in industrial, scrap,
steel chip and fastener applications. They are ideally suited for carrying hot, oily parts from punch
presses, forging machines, etc., to drums or hoppers. Various apron, side-wing, side-rail and frame
designs are available

• Steel Wire Conveyor Belts

Avail from us a huge spectrum of Steel Wire Conveyor Belt, which has been fabricated at our world
facility using best grade material like high quality stainless steel, under the observation of our
professional and skilled professional promising quality Belts. We are a client focused company and
manufacture products as per clients' given specifications and avail them at market leading prices.
These belts matches international quality standards and find application in Glass Industries, Auto
Industries, Ceramic Industries, & Food Processing Industrie

2
LIMITATIONS

• They are sensitive to hot materials and to materials that cause wear quickly

• Can only be used in straight paths (changes in the line of motion are only

• possible to a very limited extent)

• Angles of inclination are limited

• Dustproof designs require continuous maintenance or additional mechanical implements

• They cannot be gas-tight

• Only a single discharge point can be used for each belt conveyor

APPLICATIONS

• Automobile & Heat Treatment Application

Owing to the profound experience of the market, we have been able to offer belts for Automobile &
3
Heat Treatment Application. The products we offer are manufactured by a team of deft experts,
following norms and guidelines laid down by the industry. All the offered products are exclusively
developed for industrial purposes and are able to function at high temperature.

• Glass & Ceramic Application

metallic belts that find their use in Glass & Ceramic Application. All our products are developed
using qualitative raw material .To meet the diverse requirements of the clients, we offer products
are in different sizes and specifications are available

• Food Processing Application

4
We have in our store a wide and remarkable range of metallic belts that are used in Food Processing
Applications. The belts we offer are maintaining the unchanging surface of the mesh belt by their
deeply bent strings of strips that are properly positioned the spiral strips. Customers can avail these
products from us in different sizes and specifications, as per their needs. Due to features like longer
service life, resistance to corrosion & abrasion and seamless finishing, these products are widely
appreciated by the patrons.

5
Luffing mechanism

Luffing mechanism is a crane mechanism where the hook remains at the same level whilst luffing;
moving the jib up and down, so as to move the hook inwards and outwards relative to the base.

Some types of crane are inherently level-luffing: those with a fixed horizontal jib, such as gantry,
hammerhead or the fixed-jib tower cranes commonly used in construction. Usually though, the
description is only applied to those with a luffing jib that have some additional mechanism applied to
keep the hook level when luffing.

Level-luffing is most important when careful movement of a load near ground level is required, such
as in construction or shipbuilding. This partially explains the popularity of fixed horizontal jibs in
these fields.

Toplis cable luffing

An early form of level-luffing gear was the "Toplis" design, invented by a Stothert & Pitt engineer in
1914.[2][3] The crane jibs luffs as for a conventional crane, with the end of the jib rising and falling.
The crane's hook is kept level by automatically paying out enough extra cable to compensate for this.
This is also a purely mechanical linkage, arranged by the reeving of the hoist cables to the jib over a
number of pulleys at the crane's apex above the cab, so that luffing the jib upwards allows more free
cable and lowers the hook to compensate.

Horse-head jibs

The usual mechanism for level-luffing in modern cranes is to add an additional "horse head" section
to the top of the jib. By careful design of the geometry, this keeps level merely by the linked action of
the pivots.

Powered level-luffing

As cranes and their control systems became more sophisticated, it became possible to control the level
of luffing directly, by winching the hoist cable in and out as needed. The first of these systems used
mechanical clutches between luffing and hoist drums, giving simplicity and a "near level" result.[5]

Later systems have used modern electronic controls and quickly reversible motors with good slow-
speed control to the hoist winch motors, so as to give a positioning accuracy of inches. Some early
systems used controllable hydraulic gearboxes to achieve the same result, but these added complexity
and cost and so were only popular where high accuracy was needed, such as for shipbuilding.

Luffing cabs

Luffing mechanisms have also been applied to the driver's cab being mounted on its own jib,
following the movement of the crane's main jib These are used for tasks such as ship unloading,
where the view from the driver's cab is greatly improved by cantilevering it forwards and over the
ship.

1
2
APRON CONVEYORS
An apron conveyor is a type of conveyor made from individual apron plates that are linked
together with hinges on its underside, thus creating a looped carrying surface where materials
can be placed. It plays a vital part in several industries by being used to move different materials
from one location to another. This type of conveyor is used to deliver a large number of materials
across several phases of production and is particularly useful for transport of huge and heavy
materials.

Many industries consider apron conveyors to be a lifeline in their industry, including


manufacturing, agricultural, and chemical industries. In the manufacturing industry, these
conveyors are used to move materials across different sections during the manufacturing
process; in the agricultural industry, they are used to deliver grains. Apron belts can be made to
have walls that can ideal for moving materials with no containers, such as feed and gravel. In the
chemical industry, apron belts are used to move hazardous materials that prevent workers from
handling them.

1
An apron conveyor works much like the tracks of a battle tank. Individual apron plates overlap
and are linked together to form a closed belt or chain. A mechanism, usually composed of
several metal rollers, is placed inside the conveyor belt.

Some rollers contain pins or teeth that hook into the holes or grooves built under the apron
plates. When the rollers turn, the teeth that are hooked to the plates move, which then moves the
apron conveyor belt along the rollers. This action is similar to when a sprocket moves a bicycle
chain when the pedals are pushed. The operator can adjust the speed and direction of the
conveyor through the mechanism. Since the apron conveyor belt forms a loop, it can work
continuously as long as the roller mechanism turns.

2
3
There are several advantages of using apron conveyors. This conveyor can be adjusted to any
length by changing the number of plates. Maintenance and repair are also easier. When a part of
the conveyor breaks, the damaged plates can be removed and replaced instead of the whole
conveyor, which saves the operator time and cost.

Apron conveyors made from high grade steel are useful for handling abrasive materials, such as
rocks and granules. Walls and overlap in the apron plates ensure minimal material loss,
especially when transporting grains and detritus. Mainly used for industrial purposes, these
conveyors are made to withstand tremendous weight, heat, and continuous operation. The
conveyor can be treated with special coatings to achieve a desired surface, such as friction or
elasticity. Apron conveyors, however, are not recommended for use in the food industry since
there is risk of contamination from the conveyor surface.

4
012234536894
3 962
    
!"#!$%&!'$"%%()''
(*&"+,-&!'.&!-'&!&*/0&%-!*%&)
0/)"-%& -1+
2*&*&-)&!%&''%)-!)*&(
%+3%'*"*&&% /-%%"/%/$ /
!/-//&* &%*((*&"+
2-!-%$!"* ('%%/&-$(%&- 
%-$%"-+,-$-!)"!45%&*"!$-!$
''6/-$(*&"*&%%)&5%5-(/&-$$(
)-%'&'*&*+.'*"'* /
)-$-!$( *)--$(0&)+
78 9:;<=>?;8; <=;@=?89;
AB361CD9414EF1 9GC
 <=9H8=>I9;:=JHJK <=8=L8;=?J88@=MK=; ;N ?88@=8;9;:=O8;=> PQRSTSRUVW
=;@=>I8==??[9>8K=\]^=L88=_`ab]`ac=>d=?8= 8;@a=ef8=K?9=;:8=L=9;9;9;=L=;=
VXXYXYZ
8 ==f8=f9g;=L=8I8=9 =b`=@8:88 =J9f== ;@@=9 8PQhTiRjRQTSRUVWVXXYXYZ=O?==MO=c`=L88=
_\k=>da=l@8;=8  =fI8= 9;:8N?988=O>9;O>== 9;8 = 88= 8? =f=>I8=;== K 8>=L=
H =9;==;9;OO =?a
 =fI8=f88=K?9=;L9:O9;=?9; m=nTiThhXh=_O?=;@=@J;=8  = 9@8=MK= 9@8==
8?8@=MK==@9 ;8<= 88;=L8;=9;=>8= 9; =;@=>O98I8=>9;=?9O8=
f88 d<=QiRooQiUoo=_>9;9>9g8 = ?8=8pO98>8; =MK=q H9;:q=8  =f=:=9;=;8=@989;<=
L8pO8;K=O 8@=9;=@8?>8;= 8 == f??9;:=8;8 d<=;@=rshSRnhXWnTiThhXh=_J==>8=8  =
:8f8=f=I8=9;=;8=@989;=;8[==;8==J=8  =9;=f8= >8=M;H=f=I8=9;=f8=f8=
@989;daP\Z
 =8=8pO98@==fI8=>I9;:=f;@9 =f=H88?=?8=J9f=f8=>I8>8;=L=f8= 8? a=ef9 =
f8? =9@8 = 8@K=f8> 8I8 <=8 ?89K=Jf8;= 8??9;:=;=f8=>I9;:= 9 a=t 9;K<==f;@9=
J9=>I8=== 9:fK=@9LL88;= ?88@=L>=f8= 8? <=O 9;:=9==q88?q= JK=LJ@==MHJ@=
89I8==f8= 8? a=u9@8 =>K=L9;@=f9 =8LL8=@9 ;89;:=;@=f9 =?M8>= fO@=M8=L9[8@a
ef8=@989;=L=8 =>I8>8;=_O?==@J;d=;=M8=?8>;8;K= 8<==M8=;8@=MK=?8 ;;8=
@9;:==f8=?8@>9;;=LJ=L=f8=J@<==M8=;8@=O>9Ka=v;= >8= 8O? <=@989;=
01345674889
 64 603 884997 7709107169697 6694664 47 66964691169 01
747 9
146 669
0793604501546799719
089  119597014569913 8 647
!"#$%&'$!(&$
)*+,-./0*12*2345106*322/45*/64373510*8/69:+;*9+47,89+:*<=>69437*0/?,90/-/+56;*7143591+;*5032294*<355/0+6;*
632/5>*41+698/03591+6;*3+8*3/65=/594*<0/2/0/+4/6@*A10/-165;*<=>69437*2345106*79B/*5=/*C/059437*3+8*
=109D1+537*89653+4/*51*./*6<3++/8*-,65*./*41+698/0/8@*E=/6/*2345106*F977*8/5/0-9+/*5=/*7/+:5=*3+8*<954=*
12*5=/*/64373510@*E=/*.,9789+:*9+203650,45,0/*-,65*./*3.7/*51*6,<<105*5=/*=/3C>*41-<1+/+56@*E=/*
/64373510*6=1,78*./*71435/8*F=/0/*95*43+*./*/3697>*6//+*.>*5=/*:/+/037*<,.794@*G+*8/<305-/+5*6510/6;*
4,651-/06*6=1,78*./*3.7/*51*C9/F*5=/*-/04=3+896/*/3697>@*A,05=/0-10/;*,<*3+8*81F+*/64373510*5032294*
6=1,78*./*<=>694377>*6/<3035/8*3+8*6=1,78*+15*7/38*9+51*41+29+/8*6<34/6@
E032294*<355/0+6*-,65*3761*./*3+5949<35/8@*G+*61-/*.,9789+:6;*5=/*1.H/459C/*96*69-<7>*51*-1C/*</1<7/*201-*
1+/*27110*51*3+15=/0;*.,5*9+*15=/06*5=/0/*-3>*./*3*-10/*6</49294*0/?,90/-/+5;*6,4=*36*2,++/79+:*C9695106*
51F3086*3*-39+*/I95*10*/I=9.95@*E=/*/643735106*-,65*./*8/69:+/8*51*4300>*5=/*0/?,90/8*+,-./0*12*
<366/+:/06@*A10*/I3-<7/;*3*69+:7/JF985=*/64373510*503C/79+:*35*3.1,5*K@L*2//5*MN@L*-O*</0*6/41+8*43+*
-1C/*3.1,5*PNNN*</1<7/*</0*=1,0@*E=/*4300>9+:*43<3495>*12*3+*/64373510*6>65/-*-,65*-354=*5=/*
/I</45/8*</3B*5032294*8/-3+8;*<0/6,-9+:*5=35*<366/+:/06*098/*69+:7/*297/@*E=96*96*40,4937*92*5=/0/*30/*
6,88/+*9+40/36/6*9+*5=/*+,-./0*12*098/06@*A10*/I3-<7/;*/643735106*35*653591+6*-,65*./*8/69:+/8*51*435/0*
210*5=/*</3B*5032294*271F*8964=30:/8*201-*3*5039+;*F95=1,5*43,69+:*/I4/669C/*.,+4=9+:*35*5=/*/64373510*
/+503+4/@
G+*5=96*0/:308;*/643735106*=/7<*9+*41+501779+:*5=/*271F*12*</1<7/@*A10*/I3-<7/;*3+*/64373510*51*3+*/I95*
/22/459C/7>*89641,03:/6*-165*</1<7/*201-*,69+:*95*36*3+*/+503+4/Q473092943591+*+//8/8R;*3+8*-3>*0/8,4/*
6/4,095>*41+4/0+6@*S9-97307>;*/643735106*125/+*30/*,6/8*36*5=/*/I95*201-*390<105*6/4,095>*4=/4B<19+56@*S,4=*
3+*/:0/66*<19+5*F1,78*65977*:/+/0377>*./*65322/8*51*<0/C/+5*956*,6/*36*3+*/+503+4/*8,09+:*59-/6*12*79:=5*
</8/65093+*5032294@
G5*96*<0/2/00/8*5=35*65390436/6*./*71435/8*38H34/+5*51*5=/*/64373510*92*5=/*/64373510*96*5=/*<09-30>*-/3+6*12*
503+6<105*./5F//+*271106@Q4953591+*+//8/8R*G5*-3>*3761*./*+/4/6630>*51*<01C98/*3+*/7/C3510*7925*+/30*5=/*
/64373510*210*F=//74=3906*3+8*8963.7/8*</1<7/@*A9+377>;*41+698/03591+*6=1,78*./*:9C/+*51*5=/*3/65=/5946*12*
5=/*/64373510@
TUVWUXYXZ[
\]X^_X`aWb]ZcUdV[
e919648 647 14 19693 79
1936045146967 3f1 1988 1699 71 5
 46471
6 6
7096916 071ge9648 647 3456 05169 4647 119 8 5
69 05
7099 7089
694664 48
169169796 750
8971743f961ge91919360451 814 53476995
1469
913 8 64767 11gh5

06045698 647 13456 05 84478 69 5


 34 8 69ge984478 69
740
91 8 394769 11959716416 5
947969169456469 40516 071ge018 6901
8 1066905019
8447 5
0190697059
4779 4 8964 8849 1 339116469
012345678
6  36 2 0
 16 4 36 4626
6 665 36 14 5178  7  16 15 36 0 45
6  4  5106
6216 4 66 31 1 6746  2 61 31 7660
6 36 663  1 2 0

366 663 063 43 012345 2 61 5 36 66  36 6 34 645 4 5626178 
0454046 36 1
6 665 36 147 15 36 1545 3423 36  7665
62 7 0 645
213 45 36 1

36 7 4 1 3 061 7276 31
746 36 67 15 67 1545  4 2 0 6 
 46 624 5  456  6367 43 27 
7126 127  36
 0 15 
6 36   36
65  36 7 176 11236  36   15
 0 1545  1 70 41 66 7 2 52766
 7 36 7 217746 1 36 7143 712 624 5 2 556245 36 67 15 67 624 5
!"#
36 712 860 4
4  45 36 7  46 36 6 23145 3423 2 545  8   36 6
7 0 36
 0  1 70 15
12  36   45 15 65 6  3676 176 121 8  712$
56  7 36 7 5 366   36 6 %21 6 36 6& 366 712' 15 56  7 36
12 366  
36 6 %21 6 36 714 67& 366 712' 36 76 146  44 5  366 712 216 36 6 
 70 1 147216 1 368 0 6  7 0 567 36 2 0
 16 ( 5 36 7143 624 5  36
7 36 712 176 1 3647 01)400 41526 117 34 2 54714 5  726 36
12  56
6 
6 1 1 *+&6766 15 6 76 146  36 6
6345 4 34 743 15 6
65 36 6 45
1 316 7660
45 1 147216 ( 36   15
 0  36 621 1 7 36  712 2 5676
 31 36 7 5 15
12 366   36 6 176 1 0  45 1 7143 456 34 216 36 147
 18 45 1  1 366 46 177156065 56 167 15 367  368 215 614 8 716 17 5 36
65
45 36 276 624 5  712 36 712 21778 36 6  5 1 5 36 56746  36 7
54 368 76123 36
 0 1545 3676 368 1 37 3 15 367 276 624 5  712

6 76 6)445 36
 0 1545 ( 34  45 36 712 61716 15 36 6 526 1145
106 1 147216 2 54714 5 34 282 6 4 76616 2 5451 8 1 36 6 176  6 7 0

 0    15
12  36
 0 1145
,-./
36 6 3606 6 176  4 56 4626 46&21 1 0450 7 66  06 6017214 5 456
018
6 16  2 617 8 454216 3647 66 5 0  621 1 7 0 6  0151276 167 1*2+

3 36 7467 15 36 761  6123 6 4 2 616 %465 1 74

6 16171526' 43 2 0
46
7 74 5 31 063 43 36 2 0
 16 5 36   15
 0  1 70 15 36 226645
6 45 36 23145 366
6767& 7 46&864 621 1 7 %66
6 ' 6176  1 761 15
0 3 74675 367 621 1 7 0 6  316 2 616 761 15 0 3 7467 36 6 176
456
8 1 2 545  061 23145 31  70 1 2 6  36 7 5 15
12 66  36
6 176 6123 2 55626   366  36 7617 366  176 6 7367 117  4 45 36
12
01234267089
1 60 899 8298 10912 90 
060 0896211 91
1 6001234793197
2 9089 0 6
089012343 601 089 196020 6
08909

89826712 1 7923 69696082678 7
129691 8 9089219176089932 20 1
!626932 20 1089826712 " 972 60012342382608203 66930970 089#26719
9212919
" 9!03 601"3097

"170630930 60089396091
089826712 
2$ 791$2  46 622$ 791 $ 8382 291
23 00 6 1608903090 989
"1 9
089 791 2910 2 089826712 0 # 9# 08 2 600123489690
29146 62089$096 6#9#91$3 60
90891099 32 9 1
20099 029267
1 79089826712  08096 9019608267
9 0%60 
096 6#9#912190896691
3 601"30 63 # 6960 838219#279
389#32 01920971"91796970 19960089
291
1 #921206&62 089 "091 291'089 6 210082029691230"2 99'089
3 91 8382 967
608903 #912671"9183 91796970 190
7912720 6
1 #961 6#9602 3 670 6#9382632  92126709212678"#262672 #
!6089
230 1826712 2193 601"3097
99761"91081 "823 #"091(3 601 97
901" 6#238690 1 7"39 291
08919)"197*9267096 17910 #203893
3
1791893 # 6960 291

2131"91267099 21982974 97 14919
19
96
9760 089199 8919089219
"970 90891
!6089#7(0 9609083960"1 #9826712 7963 6097
21"919  0816

# 08#902 3 277632 97$1239 90$ 239790 99692383  829089826712 217
90
9 9
99 770 62 92389 930 6 26 # 1908262
9 
990 6 
210

089826712  272#297 6 089279#9606997970 919 2397899
1#
826712 
829 219 99619 2397 083 6960 62 
213(267(1"9112 6
012234536894
3 9623 0 9 451461 2
012341578984
4 242


!"#$%&'"()$*&+"(",&-"&!.(/(%$0"%12&!"-&0&"3#!%(//&'"3#"4(5$0"'&2(0%4&#%"!%$0&!"63#./7'3#8"9(00$'!:"
)&,$0&"%;&"<=2$>"<!.(/(%$0!"20$*&'"3#!%074&#%(/"3#"%;&"/(1$7%"(#'"'&!38#"$,"!;$223#8"*&#7&!"3#"%;&"
%-&#%3&%;".&#%701>
?1"@ABA+"%;&",30!%"$,"C&#$D!"E3#./3#&'"&/&*(%$0!E"-&0&"3#.$02$0(%&'"3#%$"%;&"?/$$43#8'(/&"?0$!>"!%$0&"(%"
F;30'"*&#7&"(#'"GB%;"H%0&&%>"F;3!"-(!"%;&",30!%"0&%(3/"(22/3.(%3$#"$,"%;&"'&*3.&!"3#"%;&"IH+"(#'"#$"!4(//"
.$3#.3'&#.&+".$#!3'&03#8"%;(%"C&#$J!"2034(01",3#(#.3&0"-(!"K14(#"?/$$43#8'(/&+".$L$-#&0"$,"%;&"
'&2(0%4&#%"!%$0&"-3%;")0$%;&0"M$!&2;"?/$$43#8'(/&>NOPQ
RSTUV
F;&",30!%"E!%(#'(0'E"&!.(/(%$0"3#!%(//&'"$#"%;&"K$#'$#"I#'&080$7#'"-(!"("H&&)&08&0"4$'&/"(%"<(0/!"
W$70%>"X$%&'"()$*&+"K$#'$#J!"I#'&080$7#'"3#!%(//&'"("0(0&"!230(/"&!.(/(%$0"'&!38#&'")1"C&#$+"Y3//3(4"
9&#01"!%$#"(#'"H.$%%"Z3&%[4(#",$0"%;&"9$//$-(1"C$('"I#'&080$7#'"!%(%3$#"3#"@B\]^"3%"-(!"07#",$0"("
!;$0%"%34&")7%"-(!"%(_&#"$7%"$,"!&0*3.&"%;&"!(4&"'(1"3%"'&)7%&'>NOOQ"F;&"$/'&0"/3#&!"$,"%;&"K$#'$#"
I#'&080$7#'";('"4(#1"&!.(/(%$0!"-3%;"-$$'&#"%0&('!"6.(>"@BO\!:"7#%3/"%;&1"-&0&"0(23'/1"0&2/(.&'"
,$//$-3#8"%;&"Z3#8J!"W0$!!",30&+"#$%&'"()$*&>
`a914 242
8
bVccSUcSVd
e#"@B\G+"%;&"4&03.(#"Y$$/&#"W$42(#1D!"Y$$'"f3//"3#"K(-0&#.&+"f(!!(.;7!&%%!"6%;&#"E%;&"/(08&!%"
!3#8/&"-$0!%&'"43//"3#"%;&"-$0/'E:"7%3/3[&'"g%3!J"H&&)&08&0L%12&"E0&*&0!3)/&E"&!.(/(%$0!"%$".(001"3%!"-$0_&0!"
)&%-&&#",/$$0!",$70"%34&!"("'(1>NOhQ"F;&"4(.;3#&!"'3'"#$%"07#"(//"'(1i"0(%;&0+"&!.(/(%$0!"0(#"!$/&/1"%$"
%0(#!2$0%"&42/$1&&!"%$j,0$4"43''(1"4&(/!"(#'"3#j$7%"$,"%;&"43//>"e#"3%!"('*&0%3!3#8+"g%3!"</&*(%$0"
W$42(#1";(3/&'"%;3!"7#.$#*&#%3$#(/"7!&",$0"3%!"7#3k7&")&#&,3%!"%$")$%;"-$0_&0!"(#'"$-#&0!i"EF;&"
20$,3%()/&"(#'"20(.%3.()/&",&(%70&"$,"%;&"<!.(/(%$0+",0$4"%;&"*3&-2$3#%"$,"%;&"$-#&0+"3!"%;&"3#.0&(!&'"
&,,3.3&#.1"$,"&(.;"$2&0(%$0"'7&"%$"%;&"&/343#(%3$#"$,"!%(30"./34)3#8>ENOGQ
lUmS
e#"H(#"n0(#.3!.$+"(#"&!.(/(%$0"(%"97#%&0!"o$3#%"X(*(/"H;321(0'"-(!"7!&'"%$".$#*&1"2&0!$##&/")&%-&&#"
%;&",30!%"(#'"%;30'",/$$0!>"%"%;&"%34&"$,"3%!".$#!%07.%3$#"3#"@BhA+"3%"-(!"%$7%&'"%;7!i"EN3%";(!"%;&Q";38;&!%"
/3,%"$,"(#1"3#'7!%03(/")73/'3#8"3#"%;&"-$0/'>"e%"03!&!"hP",&&%"6@P>A"4&%&0!:>ENO]Q
<!.(/(%$0!"-&0&"(/!$"7%3/3[&'"$#"(30.0(,%".(003&0!"!7.;"(!"%;&"IHH"9$0#&%"6WpL@P:+"%$"%0(#!2$0%"23/$%!",0$4"
E0&('1"0$$4!E"%$"%;&",/38;%"'&._>NOqQ
0 134 567 8  9
9

!"#$%&"!"&&
&&'()*&&$"+&&$&$&$
(&&#,&&-$"&"&&.&..
"+&."&&(&/,0-1)(
)&&"/2"*&&.$*"&/
3456875
1)(&*&)&6
7899:;<;=>:?&((**&&.&@&&"&*A
**&&&&&"&(&/1&"&(*$&"("
"())(**B&&&/
CDEFGH<I:9;?&")(&&""&)&())(*&
/2"(*"*J)(J*/
01232567819
1 53 711 789721
783 231
627822377 881 75

1 587 2 23
1 3  88
21231871 78218
72256781 8 828191 76 77 782

6728
67
7 8 1 87 2387277 
8278!7277 "# 378$%%

! &' 378(#%%

! 23867719(%%977267

27&
727867871 !61775 ) 2 1 
121
*+,-./011234567458/
9 237(:;%8< 167 7167237=677585827
928 92  7 2 1 5> 7011 
 ?66 71923702277@7
1 9 82 227 >7 7 = 2A7 !612125678 2 
7
1 82272237022779 82 227 >7 7  23775(:;%88 72278275B7 3
867 != 88277 8 1 61
7 2 27C D1 7E77 7 F217(:;GH3772
  2719237=677581
6721237237 7 82 85827
88232237
7
 I 87
 A1 78123 7 81
1 621G6887 7817

8
2 71851 917 
7196887 78621(%%%%6731!3778237
2 86122 1 A1 78 17 982
1 
H377 2 72123785827
8 7 75 77821 231
7227627819
671
83679278312 82 7237276278777727211 78 78  682
1 7 12372191
61788 75 21 1729827
1 23 32 772
182
 32 7212377 25872 1 H376887 787727231361 62321



78  867719(&
I3:
63!H37767 7 78 9
 216887 7831 77721
 782 31218723785827
2177211818975<7 716 
1 3  91237
85827
6787 2737 78181 752370227727
H37=67758 27 721787
882 1 785827
1 78312 82 7812191
772 1  7772 1  2861  
7 25 7 2
7 891671 7 2 1 2982 !=2 753 31 77
1 7 82 78H3785827
882  7 716
7 2 (:;&2 7 77 2 211

7 
612 1 
 1237227
622 77275 237(:$%88237HJKH1221 J1 2LLL!3 3
87 71675<882 JH 3187612125678 827 237 89  78
721
822 1 H37867727 25 7 28"
I3#
63!3 7237


86778(&
I3:

63!928273 9 7721 281


67 25 8 7 71

7 5761 27


9 237
(::%8237M175@1 N51
6 5627 27  7 778  21 
7
197
1 5
 9278H 85827
877 8272B 78=2772=22 1  
@71 7 0 8 7 61282 H3787
72 23618 2 77861 8791
2376 2 1
67
 7 2 822 1 877
7H3 885827
 819237722567 2387O7 719728
1 2
 9977 286778217727 77727 7887O7 719 9977 286773  8 881
87
01234563789
 63843
7 5233 657 9
9 7 83 945 84 4973
7 !! 97 31234563789
5233 9
9 9 5789

3 57 83 78294793"#53737$3 84


89857 57 945% &8 '548 58 234983 98 6( )* 62+ ,-8 -3 8 232
3
57 8354 ,9
973 83 233
9 43-3 8 . 6( )/ 62+% 8 9 ,337 3856983 898 66-834 -57 9 9
9 - 9 85
853 9 9 -
 93  657-83 234 33 97 ! -4 9 394%0589857 73331
257 83 5233 9
9 5
53 -57 97 834 657 9
9 31328 898 '4 9'38 8343 943
2359
243-43 8 '

 37 35757 4
3957% 437 85 9
9 9 5784-3 89'' )337
343 57 3

 3938+ 38346573  -


 97  -
 78 -3 58% & 4534 6-8 93 98
398 73
97 '433 8 
 83 97495
 83 94457 ,9 2257 38% 4  943 57'546 6-8 -3 83
45794 9
9 7394,%
57 3783457 8343 5 9 !63843 93
349857 673 343 83 74-77 5 9 3453 ' 6389
4

34% 8534
897 85

58 ,8 '338 7 833 4

34 97 -3 73 97 8 


 83 97495
97
38 58 2-

836 
898 83 
53 34 83 4

34% 93 539 5 8 93


34983 83 4534  898 83 5

,3 8493
57 '98
37- 8 832 78 83 657 9
9 ,3
8% 8534  84 8 9
 7 833 4

34 943 98 575'5978


45 ' '9

57 34%
573 7 83 9
9 4534 97 897 4 9
% 557 8 :3877
9 ' 6857 8343 5 7 2359

379857 ' 8493

57 98 233 31328 '4 3957%


&8 83 3158 83 963 8375;-3 5 -3 8 33
34983 83 4534% 234 832 7 8 9 3453 ' 4

34 5
33
34983 836 

 49834 897 83 9,4-28 9
8 5 -
 83453 893 2
93%
7 !!* 9 565
94 5233 9
9 9 2373 57 83 73
 2373 534  ' 3947 7834798579

&54248 57 9478 <9799% 95 9
9 5 ' 83 29

38 823 49834 897 83 ,3


8 823% 93 29

38
=5783463= 58 9 6, 97 
8 9449736378% 93 31297 -8 ' 39 834 37 23357 -2 97
6243 578 39 834 37 
57 7% 93 97495
57 4 57 9 565
94 697734% 93 9
9
63 98 4-
 6( 37 4534 832 78 58 233 -2 8 9224156983
 * 6( '4 83 ,-
 ' 83

378 97 
 8 6( 9957 98 83 37%
7 9 !!. 58 9 977-73 898 ,39-3 ' 58 -743
59,5
58 97 83 7-6,34 ' -34 957 95378
57 ! 83 945597 5233 657 9
9 5

,3 432
93 58 9 89794 657 9
9%
0123415689
41  3 
!"!#$#%!!"$##%!%$$%%&#'#%&
%&'%#()%&%$$%%&#!"%!%##!&$$
#%)#**##+%&$%'!%#,
-&#%!&%&#*#%&%!"%%$$&%&#%&!#!)!%#
%!%&&!%!%&#%%&'#)#!$!&!%&%!"#%&#%
%&%&#!'%&#$)!%&%&%!%#!%&##!%!$,
.$#%%!%#!!%"!!&$$#%#!%%#!$#%$!!#!%&##%!
*%!%#!!"%"!,
011234563789

       


!"#$%#&'

 ((   ) *)+     


+)    , -
(, ),
  (   )      ,( * 
 )     )  -.)   /0
1 2 )  3 *4*  (       
),-
56'76897:;"<"&'

 (, ((= ,     


 ) )   ( (   ,)-
>?@ABCAD2( 4 (>   E(    
  *(= ( F (, ) )     = ,   ( 
 (  ))  -G  H
>I 0 2 J  *K/(    (  -
>>  L   L  *MN*(    ) , 
   / O-
P%%'
Q (  ((* (F   )= ,  (   
 ( ) , -2 (
 2(    ( ()
0134567899
 0 548995385 8957068 57 5670 35  0 558 75000 35307 
8430594 5338365 3554 853
!"#
058 355 48 $ 753%3 68360 7 0 3&070 8 $ 75397$573 5
'3(8 5)8 370 %
8$5 3501807 375*89$08337348335 5 37 08 7 8 7358 $7  7538 8 8670 3
055+849537 69 5,
5-9 8*735 %8 0995 60835 85 0*69035.3 0*0 97 (0 30 %5+83/08807 
*89$*8
*7 08  87910 48335 5 303540 4 70 008 7 57 68 5*89$*8
*0 905
853853455835844 0867 68 3%8990*7 48335 5 3604957 5 7503540118 10 
08 7 48335 5 305 5 568 .90 3458$5 8 0 651)07 60 5
0 %495835*86
0 
35410*8 01507 *89$*8
255+71 054865)0 87 8 8670 838973 5
30 9
83890 07 *89$*8
*7668 537 697 870  9749575355+71 0547 853015
58 758 8 8670 838973 5
30 9838 7 697 507 *89$*8
9587 0*8 3871304
55+71 05(8 5)8 370 8 8670 838973 5
30 98383 8707 *89$*8
*76
958305 75'35+7
67 8 9 9 :
; < =>? @ A => 8 ; B C D 8 @
.30447 68 60 5
0 7385765 357  97&9559 587930 5310 07 30447 68 348 89959
8 8E865 08 5368980 0445 368 90857 30447 68 30 0560 5
0 %3540 05
5368980 % 7555368980 *7568 537558 609956568 *7560 87 5
5 68 73585 5+9559FGH
37957 697 507 *89$*8
368 5 357  97&9559 587930 530 8 340 30447 68 3
5*55 1900 3%5
8 583306785*73815
8I8 3/3 683%*78
3 0995 32FGH8 8$5 4
80 *76583 61900 348658383548 8568 60 5
0 3
35%568 3507 *89$*8
368  0
57 3899587 697 870 3 585 8 GJ5 553%*795868 60 5
0 68 045 8588 7 697 870 01
40KL5 553FJHFKHM 9
34567899
&537 530447 68 368 5 8 340 5*7868 60 5
0 
N@:;>:9OC=8P=89C@?A:8;
35 5 35 *73530045 8555765%5
4 3530447 68  0 55765'33815

00 3Q 7537 51900 5 7 56530447 68 '3*55937 054 045 403770 55765
5 35 35354 535 6501568 8 4 9937 405 5+30 59559FGH576535 5 899
158 5
30530 0183
35%3 6830 5&*8
7 53FGH0 835 30 %FRH03044504951 05 5 7 5
5765
530447 68 60 5
0 045 8538 0 585 34558 738E865 5368980 10 45049573
8990*36 305 375090857 68 30 055765% 7555368980 8  5 755568 85
5+9559FGHFRH
012425672789
9  2
2824617
86 21
697818185227189678 282
8

12
 26922469
894
524 127
952
691289
121
69782869
252 

1227189462
8 69
1278
 !"#!$%!&!'()$
*82922 258
6426924

522
 2 22298 6 469+


,82922 258
78876 62 824
128586 8 2

872-2928 82922 258


82
8586 8 2697887662
.///
0///
9412//345//67692//8
9414/67697229
7686
9922424-2928 82922 258
69 6 469
261


22821 48 67

2 276716717892871224
4//2226921.971 48 67894
2//222
6921.2496972 2767:9 6 469
29

2 276789428 22 258


82 662 

1852224
2//2226921978948
5229

2248922//
4///222
69213./977686
9922424
;
26282922 258
82248876 89
8
961967 8<
2=8 212268
886
9942
94 672 258
69>8 8?6869216718628292
12

816 
8
5212@ 876;28
916711
2 8227124
8992 
7824
912 2871 2
*A87
B62C

86
96912@6 8
D2
122 258
18
56428772
1286
9
816 
9261
1

4
4
 2876 89
86
9E1286
9+6762 862822697188 188292789
8 
2871122 258

122989726912
276 
5672528;228 
12F 258


 8989
276
9
GHIJKLMNLIOKKJPQJRLJSJTOUMRK
VWXXYZ[Y\]Y^Y_Wà\X]bWc]dY]XeYfgW^ghYi]ja\]k̀Y]XY\_gfY]k̀Yc]eY\ja\bl]gZf^migZ[n]kaXeg̀W^]YbY\[YZfc]
opaiY]d^mYql]j\aZ`]WZi]\YW\]YZ`\WZfYXl]W]Ỳ^Y_gXgaZ]gZ]kg[kr\gXY]dmg^igZ[Xl]iamd^Y]iYfsY\l]WZi]ak̀Y\]mXYXt]
pW\X]bWc]dY]a\ZWỲ]gZ]k̀Yg\]gZỲ\ga\]WeeYW\WZfYl]bWc]kW_Y]Wmiga]_gXmW^]Wi_Y\g̀XgZ[l]WZi]bWc]dY]e\a_giYi]
ug̀k]XeYfgW^ghYi]\Yfa\iYi]_agfY]WZZamZfYbYZX̀t]v^Y_Wà\X]bWc]W^Xa]kW_Y]^amiXeYWsY\X]gZ]k̀Yb]à]e^Wc]
fW^bl]YWXc]^gXỲZgZ[]bmXgft]wmfk]bmXgf]gX]aj̀YZ]\YjY\\Yi]à]WX]Y^Y_Wà\]bmXgft
xZ]Yye\YXX]Y^Y_Wà\]iaYX]Za`]XY\_Y]W^^]j^aa\Xt]za\]YyWbe^Yl]g̀]ba_YX]dYùYYZ]k̀Y][\amZi]j^aa\]WZi]W]
Xsc^addcl]a\]g̀]ba_YX]j\ab]k̀Y][\amZi]j^aa\]a\]W]Xsc^addc]à]W]\WZ[Y]aj]j^aa\Xl]XsgeegZ[]j^aa\X]gZ]dYùYYZt]
{kYXY]W\Y]YXeYfgW^^c]eaem^W\]gZ]YWXỲ\Z]xXgWt|
}OIO~UH
€2642968 2 258
8  28 29
1

9 877

482
922
916 2
282 82
29
1

218984
29‚122 7186
 8
2 258
82768 624 2
2 258
426924


528122 7186.422157
 2789
29877

482C
922
9698122 71868
862618
84
52/
941/67
0123456468913
 4933 39264 13451591519643029952 
951439326846
0123456468913
 4933 39264 13451591519643029952 9
51439326846
07-May-14

Flight Conveyors • Inside the equipment, a set of chains is


attached to paddles or similar tools. When
• A flight conveyor pushes materials through a
sealed trough. This equipment is used the flight conveyor is turned on, the chains
specifically with loose materials that may be are pulled through the sealed trough,
wet, sticky, or clumpy, such as grain, dragging the paddles along with them. This
unprocessed rock, or silage. Flight conveyors forces the material inside to move and
can be configured into a production line in a scrapes down the sides in the process to limit
variety of ways. It may be possible to convert material buildup. Technicians can adjust the
existing conveyor systems to this technology speed for different materials, changing the
if necessary, especially if they already have a rate of movement for the chains to
trough design with a similar footprint.
accommodate sluggish or free-flowing
1
contents. 2

• The sealed trough offers a number of


advantages. If companies handle dusty or
highly loose materials, a flight conveyor can
minimize the release of particles into the air.
This can keep working environments cleaner in
addition to reducing health problems caused
by inhaling dust and chaff. Equipment should
run more smoothly when it’s not fouled with
debris from the conveyor belt, and the sealed
nature also prevents contamination of

3 4

• These conveyor systems can be used to move


materials vertically as well as horizontally.
They may have multiple outlets to dump into
processing troughs, which can be useful for
mass production. Some are on adjustable
arms to allow technicians to move the
conveyor line. Rubber seals can allow a sealed
connection to storage bins and vats,
minimizing loose material in the environment.
The flight conveyor is also easy to clean by
flushing with hot water and solvents and
running the chains to circulate the fluid.

5 6

1
07-May-14

Bucket Flight Conveyors

7 8

• A bucket conveyor is a mechanical devices used


• A bucket conveyor is a series of attached
to transport products from one stage to
another. Bucket conveyors traditionally are buckets, or open-ended containers, linked by
found in factory settings and can be used for a drive train. As a motor turns this drive
tasks ranging from moving small candies off a train, the buckets move in a continuous loop,
production line to transporting plastic parts like a conveyor belt. Construction of
along an assembly line to moving hazardous conveyor buckets is flexible, allowing for
chemicals safely and more. These tools also are horizontal, vertical and angled movement of
used in non-factory industries. No matter how the products. Bucket conveyor systems can
they are used, bucket conveyors provide a be customized to travel for as long a distance
sanitary, gentle, safe, and often quiet way of
as is necessary for the job.
transporting physical goods.

9 10

• In a factory setting, a bucket conveyor helps • In a non-factory setting, bucket conveyors are
products travel from one stage of assembly to designed for more heavy duty use. With mining
the next. For example, if a company is using a and drilling, for example, the end of a bucket
bucket conveyor for producing and packaging conveyor is placed where the digging happens.
hard candies, the conveyor would be placed at
the end of the assembly line. Candies would In order to avoid filling a mine with unwanted
roll off the line and directly into the buckets. rock and soil, this debris is loaded onto the
Then they would be ferried away and dumped buckets. It is then taken to the surface and
when the buckets overturn at the end of the discarded properly. This system's continuous
loop before heading back to the starting place. motion avoids the works stoppage required to
The candies are dumped into the packaging remove debris manually.
area, thus saving the need for workers to carry
those candies from one area to the other.
11 12

2
07-May-14

• Most bucket conveyor systems are fully


customizable to meet usage demands. Many
bucket systems that deal with dusty products,
such as sugar or flour, are enclosed to avoid
spreading the product. Motor speeds can be
adjusted also, to meet the demand of the
production line. Buckets come in a variety of
metal, plastic and synthetic materials, all
designed to meet the needs of the specific
production line on which they are used.

13

3
LIFTS
For vertical movement of materials and men between
different floors of a multistoried factory or building, freight elevators
or lifts are used. Such a freight elevator/lift consists of a box type
cage or car, which moves vertically up and down through the
designed opening kept in the floors, called shaft of the elevator. The
movement of the car is guided by guide rails laid vertically in the
shaft. The car is suspended from and moved up and down by a
hoisting mechanism, located at the top of the shaft. The hoisting
mechanism may either be (i) drum winch type or (ii) traction-type, as
shown in Fig. 8.4.9. In the drum-type, one end of wire rope is firmly
attached to the drum, and the other end to the elevator car top. A
counterweight, usually equal to the weight of empty car plus one third
of the duty load, is used for increasing the load lifting capacity of the
winch motor of given rating. However, winch type mechanism is
1
bulky and may pose difficulty in accommodating the winch at shaft
top. In such cases, the traction-type mechanism consisting of multiple
rope and multiple groove sheave, driven by a motor through gear box
is used. Beneath both the car and counterweight, spring type buffers
are provided for shock absorption. Proper drive controls and
indication instruments for knowing position of the car are provided.
Freight elevator/ lift is provided with automatic brake which operates
if the rope snaps and the car develops high acceleration. The speed of
freight elevators are kept low, while the passenger lifts in high rises
are quite fast (500 mpm or higher). Cars of a freight elevator may be
designed to suit type of materials they have to carry and for automatic
loading by devices like:

(i) fork lift truck or platform truck


(ii) tow truck or trailers
(iii) roller conveyor
(iv) overhead monorail conveyor etc.

Fig. 8.4.10 shows a schematic view of an elevator showing the car supported in guide, the traction-
type hoisting mechanism, counterweight and buffer springs.

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
CRADLE CONVEYOR

The Rollers, frames, and belts of a conveyor system used to transport heavy materials in the mining
industry are often damaged, especially components located beneath the conveyor’s area where loads
are dumped. To boost performance and life in those components, engineers at Martin Engineering,
Neponset, Ill. (www.martin-eng.com), designed the EVO line of conveyor components. The impact
cradle, for example, fits beneath the conveyor belt while it travels through the loading zone.

The cradle uses patented idler rollers linked together by connector brackets. This lets the rollers work
together as a stronger, unified structure. Elastomer suspension bars absorb shocks and maximize the
life of the conveyor belt and rolling components. The bars have a low-friction upper layer of UHMW
and an energy-absorbing lower layer of rubber. The cradle lets the belt travel faster and carry greater
loads through the loading zone.

Rollers are mounted closer to each other for better belt support. The unit is comprised of modular
components, each small and light enough to be manually removed, eliminating the need for cranes
and other equipment for most maintenance and troubleshooting.

To decrease spillage and ensure the cradle matches the idler profiles, the wings can be adjusted and
fine-tuned. This also lets the cradle accommodate belt widths and side angles that correspond to
CEMA, DIN, SABS, and other standard conveyor sizes.

A cradle conveyor is a convenient way for conveying bulk material from one location to another, and
also multi-axially.Cradle conveyors are used for transporting, feeding,dosing,distributing and
discharging bulk materials.

Cradle conveyors are durable and reliable components used in automated distribution and
warehousing. In combination with computer controlled pallet handling equipment this allows for more
efficient retail, wholesale, and manufacturing distribution. It is considered a labor saving system that
allows large volumes to move rapidly through a process, allowing companies to ship or receive higher
volumes with smaller storage space and with less labor expense.
Rubber conveyor belts are commonly used to convey items with irregular bottom surfaces, small
items that would fall in between rollers (e.g. a sushi conveyor bar), or bags of product that would sag
between rollers. Belt conveyors are generally fairly similar in construction consisting of a metal frame
with rollers at either end of a flat metal bed. The belt is looped around each of the rollers and when
one of the rollers is powered (by an electrical motor) the belting slides across the solid metal frame
bed, moving the product. In heavy use applications the beds which the belting is pulled over are
replaced with rollers. The rollers allow weight to be conveyed as they reduce the amount of friction
generated from the heavier loading on the belting. Belt conveyors can now be manufactured with
curved sections which use tapered rollers and curved belting to convey products around a corner.
These conveyor systems are commonly used in postal sorting offices and airport baggage handling

1
systems. A sandwich belt conveyor uses two conveyor belts, face-to-face, to firmly contain the item
being carried, making steep incline and even vertical-lift runs achievable.
Belt conveyors are the most commonly used powered conveyors because they are the most versatile
and the least expensive. Product is conveyed directly on the belt so both regular and irregular shaped
objects, large or small, light and heavy, can be transported successfully. These conveyors should use
only the highest quality premium belting products, which reduces belt stretch and results in less
maintenance for tension adjustments. Belt conveyors can be used to transport product in a straight
line or through changes in elevation or direction. In certain applications they can also be used for
static accumulation or cartons.

Advantage
Cleanliness
The enclosed construction ensures that the material is transported in a dust free and non-polluting
way. A high degree of self-cleaning is achieved by the technique applied as well as by the specially
designed stations, in particular the tensioning station with its tensioning technique.Cradle conveyor
can transport different types of bulk materials without any undue mixing of products or destruction of
grains.
Adaptability
By using different plant component, it is largely possible to adapt the conveyor arrangement to local
conditions, i.e. one plant can be arranged at various operating levels. The arrangement can for
instance be horizontal, vertical or circular, or a combination of these. The cradle conveyor Can convey
material multi-dimensionally at a time. Change in position can be effected horizontally and or/
vertically by tube bends and /or deflection stations.
Materials
The material chosen for the transport discs screwed on support discs to a round link chain depends in
particular on the design parameters; i.e. the properties of the material to be transported and the
temperature. cradle conveyors are designed for transporting material volumetrically from the inlet to
the outlet in the transport tube.

Optimize Conveyor Performance


• Maintain a high level of productivity and efficiency
• Ensure proper conveyor belt tracking on the conveyor system
• Increase the life expectancy of wear parts that minimize buildup and corrosion
• Focus on increasing overall conveyor system efficiency
Eliminating Material Spillage
• Optimize material flow in direction of travel
• Minimize impact on the chute and conveyor belt
• Belt centered throughout the load zone
• Material center loaded on receiving belt
Dust Control
• Minimize (combustible) dust through curved chute soft loading design
• Effective skirting and internal wear and impact resistant chute liners
• Minimize air velocity using staggered dust curtains throughout the loading zone

2
3
Overhead Load Towing Truck Conveyors

This is a floor type conveyor. The difference in this type is that the load to be
carried remain in touch with the ground but in the conveyors it is in the
suspended state. The load to be carried is placed in to the small trolleys or
trucks. These trucks have hooks or vertical mast (rod) which can be attached
tothe overhead drive chain.

Different structural members are used as track for overhead trolley- conveyors
which include I-beam, double angles, T-rails, steel bars, pipes and fabricated
sections. Overhead operation allows free floor space and no interference with
equipment or traffic at the floor level. For this reason, trolley conveyors are also
called overhead conveyors.

In load towing trolley conveyors the trolleys are permanently secured to the
pulling member, and specially designed hooks or rods from the trolley engage
and tow floor mounted trucks carrying the load. In this case the conveyor may
be made very light as the load in basically carried on the floor, but the
advantage of free floor/ working space is lost. This particular type of trolley
conveyor is also classified as overhead tow conveyor.
Lifting Equipment

Lifting equipment, also known as lifting gear, is a general term for any equipment that can
be used for lifting loads. This includes jacks, block and tackle, hoists, rotating screws,
gantries, A frames, gin poles, shear legs, sheerleg, windlasses, lifting harnesses, fork lifts,
hydraulic lifting pads, air lift bags, and cranes.Lifting equipment can be dangerous to use, and
is the subject of safety regulations in most countries.

Jack
A jack is a mechanical device used as a lifting device to lift heavy loads or apply great
forces. Jacks employ a screw thread or hydraulic cylinder to apply very high linear forces.A
mechanical jack is a device which lifts heavy equipment. The most common form is a car
jack, floor jack or garage jack which lifts vehicles so that maintenance can be performed.

More powerful jacks use hydraulic power to provide more lift over greater distances.
Mechanical jacks are usually rated for a maximum lifting capacity (for example, 1.5 tons or 3
tons).

Jackscrews are integral to the scissor jack, one of the simplest kinds of car jack still used.
The electrical energy is used to power up these car jacks to raise and lower itself
automatically. This jack is conventionally known as an electric scissor jack, which is both a
time and energy saver. Electric scissor jacks are significantly more efficient than classic
scissor jacks in terms of the usability. Less manpower will be needed to operate these modern
electric scissor jacks.[

Hydraulic jacks are typically used for shop work, rather than as an emergency jack to be
carried with the vehicle. Use of jacks not designed for a specific vehicle requires more than
the usual care in selecting ground conditions, the jacking point on the vehicle, and to ensure
stability when the jack is extended. Hydraulic jacks are often used to lift elevators in low and
medium rise buildings.

Jack screws Farm jack House jack

1
A pneumatic jack is a hydraulic jack that is actuated by compressed air - for example, air
from a compressor - instead of human work. This eliminates the need for the user to actuate
the hydraulic mechanism, saving effort and potentially increasing speed. Sometimes, such
jacks are also able to be operated by the normal hydraulic actuation method, thereby retaining
functionality, even if a source of compressed air is not available.

The farm jack is characterized by rugged, simple construction. It comprises a steel beam with
a series of equally spaced holes along its length, and a hand operated mechanism which can
be moved from one end of the beam to the other through the use of a pair of climbing pins.
The jack's versatility stems from its use for such applications as lifting, winching, clamping,
pulling and pushing. It is this versatility, along with the long travel it offers and its relative
portability, which make the farm jack so popular with off-road drivers.

Block and tackle


A block and tackle is a system of two or more pulleys with a rope or cable threaded between
them, usually used to lift or pull heavy loads.

The pulleys are assembled together to form blocks and then blocks are paired so that one is
fixed and one moves with the load. The rope is threaded, or reeved, through the pulleys to
provide mechanical advantage that amplifies that force applied to the rope.

A block is a set of pulleys or "sheaves" mounted on a single axle. The assembly of two
blocks with a rope threaded through the pulleys is called tackle. A block and tackle system
amplifies the tension force in the rope to lift heavy loads. They are common on boats and
sailing ships, where tasks are often performed manually

If frictional losses are neglected, the mechanical advantage of a block and tackle is equal to
the number of parts in the line that either attach to or run through the moving block -- in other
words, the number of supporting ropes. The formula is derived using virtual work in detail in
the article "mechanical advantage".

2
Hoist (device)
A hoist is a device used for lifting or lowering a load by means of a drum or lift-wheel
around which rope or chain wraps. It may be manually operated, electrically or pneumatically
driven and may use chain, fiber or wire rope as its lifting medium. The load is attached to the
hoist by means of a lifting hook.

Types of Hoist
The basic hoist has two important characteristics to define it: Lifting medium and power type.
The lifting medium is either wire rope, wrapped around a drum, or load-chain, raised by a
pulley with a special profile to engage the chain. The power can be provided by different
means. Common means are hydraulics, electrical and air driven motors.

More commonly used hoist in today's worldwide market is an electrically powered hoist.
These are either the chain type or the wire rope type.

A ratchet lever hoist Builder's hoist, with small gasoline engine

Nowadays many hoists are package hoists, built as one unit in a single housing, generally
designed for ten-year life, but the life calculation is based on an industry standard when
calculating actual life.

Common small portable hoists are of two main types, the chain hoist or chain block and the
wire rope or cable type. Chain hoists may have a lever to actuate the hoist or have a loop of
operating chain that one pulls through the block (known traditionally as a chain fall) which
then activates the block to take up the main lifting chain.

3
Screw (simple machine)
The operation of a screw is that screw shaft rotates, the nut moves linearly along the shaft.
This is a type called a lead screw.

A screw is a mechanism that converts rotational motion to linear motion, and a torque
(rotational force) to a linear force. It is one of the six classical simple machines. The most
common form consists of a cylindrical shaft with helical grooves or ridges called threads
around the outside. The screw passes through a hole in another object or medium, with
threads on the inside of the hole that mesh with the screw's threads.

A screw can amplify force; a small rotational force (torque) on the shaft can exert a large
axial force on a load.

Gantry crane
Gantry cranes, bridge cranes, and overhead cranes, are all types of cranes which lift
objects by a hoist which is fitted in a hoist trolley and can move horizontally on a rail or pair
of rails fitted under a beam.

An overhead travelling crane, also known as an overhead crane or as a suspended crane, has
the ends of the supporting beam, the gantry, resting on wheels running on rails at high level,
usually on the parallel side walls of a factory or similar large industrial building, so that the
whole crane can move the length of the building, while the hoist can be moved to and from
across the width of the building. A gantry crane or portal crane has a similar mechanism
supported by uprights, usually with wheels at the foot of the uprights allowing the whole
crane to traverse. Some portal cranes may have only a fixed gantry, particularly when they
are lifting loads such as railway cargoes that are already easily moved beneath them.

4
Workstation gantry cranes are used to lift and transport smaller items around a working area
in a factory or machine shop. Some workstation gantry cranes are equipped with an enclosed
track, while others use an I-beam, or other extruded shapes, for the running surface.

EOT (Electric Overhead Traveling) Crane

This is most common type of overhead crane, found in most factories. As obvious from
name, these cranes are electrically operated by a control pendant, radio/IR remote pendant or
from an operator cabin attached with the crane itself.

Gantry cranes using built-up style hoists are frequently used in modern systems. These built
up hoists are used for heavy-duty applications such as steel coil handling and for users
desiring long life and better durability.

A-frame
An A-frame is a basic structure designed to bear a load in a lightweight economical manner.
The simplest form of an A-frame is two similarly sized beams, arranged in a 45-degree or
less angle, attached at the top. These materials are often wooden or steel beams attached at
the top by rope, welding, gluing, or riveting.

Because they have only two "legs", A-frames are usually set up in rows so that they can have
good stability. A saw horse is a good example of this structure. More complex structures will
have a cross member connecting the two materials in the middle to prevent the legs from
bowing outwards under load, giving the structure the appearance of the capital letter A.

Jin-pole
A jin-pole or gin pole (the more common spelling) is a rigid pole with a pulley or Block and
tackle on the end used for the purpose of lifting. The lower portion of the gin-pole is set in a
shallow hole in the ground and the top secured with three or more guy-wires. The wires or
ropes can be manipulated to position the object being lifted or attached to the upper exterior
of an existing tower or structure. The gin-pole's free end extends above the location the object
is to be lifted.

5
When used to create a segmented tower or antenna, the gin-pole can be detached, raised and
re-attached to the just completed segment for the purpose of lifting the next segment. The
process is repeated until the top most portion of the tower is completed.

Shear legs
Sheers (Shears, Sheer legs, or Shear legs) are a form of two-legged lifting device, that were
used by sailboats and dockyards for tasks such as lifting masts and heavier parts of the
rigging on board.

Shear legs or simply "shears" are a lifting device related to the Gin pole, Derrick and tripod
(lifting device). Shears are an A-frame of any kind of material such as timbers or metal, the
feet resting on or in the ground or on a solid surface which will not let them move and the top
held in place with Guy-wires or guy ropes simply called "guys". Shear legs only need two
guys where a gin pole needs at least three guys.

6
Sheerleg

A sheerleg is a floating crane, but, unlike crane vessels, it is not capable of rotating the crane
independently of the ship.

There is huge variety in sheerleg capacity. The smaller cranes start around 50 tons in lifting
capacity, with the largest being able to lift over 4000 tons. The bigger sheerlegs usually have
their own propulsion system and have a large accommodation facility on board, while smaller
units are floating pontoons that need to be towed to their workplace by tugboats.

Sheerlegs are commonly used for ship salvage, assistance in shipbuilding, loading and
unloading large cargo into ships, and bridge building. They have grown considerably larger
over the last decades because of growth, mainly because the components of ships and harbor
equipment have grown as well.

Windlass

The windlass is an apparatus for moving heavy weights. Typically, a windlass consists of a horizontal
cylinder (barrel), which is rotated by the turn of a crank or belt. A winch is affixed to one or both
ends, and a cable or rope is wound around the winch, pulling a weight attached to the opposite end.

Forklift truck
A forklift truck (also called a lift truck, a fork truck, or a forklift) is a powered industrial
truck used to lift and move materials short distances. The forklift was developed in the early
20th century by various companies including the transmission manufacturing company Clark
and the hoist company Yale & Towne Manufacturing.

7
Hyster forklift Electric forklift

Forklifts are rated for loads at a specified maximum weight and a specified forward center of
gravity. This information is located on a nameplate provided by the manufacturer, and loads
must not exceed these specifications.An important aspect of forklift operation is that most
have rear-wheel steering. While this increases maneuverability in tight cornering situations, it
differs from a driver’s traditional experience with other wheeled vehicles. While steering, as
there is no caster action, it is unnecessary to apply steering force to maintain a constant rate
of turn.

Forklift hydraulics are controlled with either levers directly manipulating the hydraulic
valves, or by electrically controlled actuators, using smaller "finger" levers for control. The
latter allows forklift designers more freedom in ergonomical design.

Lifting bag
A lifting bag is an item of diving equipment consisting of a robust and air-tight bag with
straps, which is used to lift heavy objects underwater by means of the bag's buoyancy. The
heavy object can either be moved horizontally underwater by the diver or sent
unaccompanied to the surface. Besides as a piece of diving equipment there are also lifting
bags used on land for lifting cars or heavy loads or lifting bags which are used in machines.
These lifting bags of the AS/CR type are for example used in the brake mechanism of
rollercoasters.

It is advisable to select a lift bag with an appropriate capacity for the task at hand. If the lift
bag is grossly oversized a runaway or otherwise out of control ascent may result.
Commercially available lifting bags may also incorporate dump valves to allow the operator
to control the bags buoyancy during ascent.

8
Lift bag Open lift bag Closed lift bag

If a single bag is insufficient, multiple bags may be used, and should be distributed to suit the
load.Lift bags are used to bring the load up in stages: a long chain or sling is used to connect
the cago to a lift bag at a shallower depth, which is filled to lift the load until the bag reaches
the surface, then a second bag is used to bring the load up further.

The lift is controlled by a line from the surface vessel, and the load is reduced by a lift bag
with a volume too small to support the weight of the load when full. This allows a faster lift
by the winch. The lifting gear must be capable of supporting the load if the bag fails, or must
be arranged to fail safely.

Occupational safety and health


Occupational safety and health (OSH) (also commonly referred to as occupational health
and safety (OHS) or workplace health and safety (WHS) is an area concerned with
protecting the safety, health and welfare of people engaged in work or employment. The
goals of occupational safety and health programs include to foster a safe and healthy work
environment.OSH may also protect co-workers, family members, employers, customers, and
many others who might be affected by the workplace environment. In the United States the
term occupational health and safety is referred to as occupational health and occupational and
non-occupational safety and includes safety for activities outside of work.

Occupational safety and health can be important for moral, legal, and financial reasons. All
organisations have a duty of care to ensure that employees and any other person who may be
affected by the companies undertaking remain safe at all times. Moral obligations would
involve the protection of employee's lives and health. Legal reasons for OSH practices relate
to the preventative, punitive and compensatory effects of laws that protect worker's safety
and health. OSH can also reduce employee injury and illness related costs, including medical
care, sick leave and disability benefit costs.

9
OVERHEAD CONVEYOR

An overhead conveyor describes all conveyors with roof-mounted drives. They are known as
overhead conveyors because load is carried on the moving carriages which move on overhead
tracks. In simple manner loads can be transported by carriers running on rails suspended from
the roof or carried on the floor by vehicles with roof level drives. They can be used for any
complicated configuration and are restricted to in house handling.

DESIGN DETAILS

The main parts of this of conveyors are

 Rail : It is mounted on the roof and is used to support the rollers or wheels which run
over it.
 Carrier : One end of this contains rollers and at the other end it holds attachment
 Drive : Depending on the load and configuration. It is selected chain drive is popular.
Power is supplied by electric motors.
 Suspension Attachment : This type of attachment depends on geometry of load and its
properties.
 Speed Controller : Gear drives are used to vary the speed or variable speed motors are
used and chain Tensioner
 Overhead Tracks : The track of overhead conveyors is made of rolled or bent sections
of steel. Generally I beam sections are used.

TYPES OF OVERHEAD CONVEYOR

Overhead conveyors may be divided into three main types, depending on the drive method.
The usual method is by chain. Worm drives and self-powered carriers are two other options.
Chain operated overhead Conveyors come in two main designs : Continuous direct or with a
disengaging feature via a separate chain fitted with drive dogs to facilitate accumulation-
switching etc.

Depending on the ethod of onnection of hauling or driving chain with load carrying trolley
attachment and the method by which the load is moved they can be divided as

1.overhead load carrying trolley conveyors.

2. overhead pusher conveyors

3. overhead push-carrying conveyor

4. overhead load-towing conveyors

1
5. overhead low-carrying truck conveyors

OVERHEAD LOAD CARRYING TROLLEY CONVEYORS

In this trolley with load carrying attachment are fastened or attached to the drive chain
and move on the overhead track, while the chain moves along that track. In other words
wheels and attachment is connected to a chain. It carries endless driving or hauling chain

OVERHEAD PUSHER CONVEYORS OR POWER AND FREE CONVEYORS

In this type chain and trolley runs on separate track. Chain is on one track and trolley
is on another track. Compared to the above design it is complicated but load carrying capacity
is more.

OVERHEAD PUSH CARRYING CONVEYORS

This is essentially a combination of above 2 types. The load is moved by pushing the
chain manually or mechanically. It is provided with the hooks which are attached to the
chain, these are used to connect with the attachment which carries the load.

2
OVERHEAD LOAD TOWING (FLOOR TYRE) TRUCK CONVEYORS

The difference in this type is that the load to be carried remains in touch with the
ground but in the other conveyors it is in the suspended satate. The load to be carried is
placed in to the small trolleys or trucks. These trucks have hooks or vertical mast which can
be attached to the overhead drive chain.

OVERHEAD LOAD TOW-CARRYING TRUCK CONVEYORS

The only change in this is that the floor trucks can be attached to the trolleys or
directly to the chain. In this truck moves in the combined motion means in some portion of
conveyor line it is to the ground and in some portion it is moved in the suspended state.

SPECIFICATION OF OVERHEAD CONVEYOR

These conveyors are specified as load per carrier, speed and curve radius.

Load per carrier = 25 to 1500kg

Speed = 10 to 100m/min

Curve Radius = It is given in horizontal and vertical terms usually in mm

ADVANTAGES OF OVERHEAD CONVEYOR

• Free floor area


• Layout simplicity
• Sample Design
• Low investment
• Any complicated path can be designed
• Better adaptability to the production process
• Low power consumption

DISADVANTAGES OF OVERHEAD CONVEYOR

• Limited headroom
• Roof must have load bearing capacity
• Speed of operation is slow
• Risk of accidents due to moving overhead loads

APPLICATIONS OF OVERHEAD CONVEYOR

The most extensive use of overhead conveyors is in industry,


particularly in assembly operations where both basic assemblies and components are moved

3
in a way that leaves the floor area free for traffic etc.. some specific application are listed
below:

a) Transporing castings,forgings and assembly units in shops and between them.


b) Transporing machine parts between machine tools
c) Transporing mould cores to mould assembly
d) Transporing sub assemblies between stations
e) Extensively used in foundry, automobile and assenmbly lines

ADDITIONAL FIGURES

4
Different Types of Material Handling Equipment
Material
handling
equipment
encompasses a
diverse range of
tools, vehicles,
storage units,
appliances and
accessories
involved in
transporting,
storing,
controlling,
enumerating
and protecting products at any stage of manufacturing, distribution
consumption or disposal.

Categories of Material Handling Equipment

The four main categories of material handling equipment include:


storage, engineered systems, industrial trucks and bulk material
handling.

Storage and Handling Equipment

Storage equipment is usually limited to non-automated examples,


which are grouped in with engineered systems. Storage equipment is
used to hold or buffer materials during “downtimes,” or times when
they are not being transported. These periods could refer to
temporary pauses during long-term transportation or long-term
storage designed to allow the buildup of stock. The majority of
storage equipment refers to pallets, shelves or racks onto which
materials may be stacked in an orderly manner to await
transportation or consumption. Many companies have investigated
increased efficiency possibilities in storage equipment by designing
proprietary packaging that allows materials or products of a certain
type to conserve space while in inventory.

Examples of storage and handling equipment include:

1
• Racks, such as pallet racks, drive-through or drive-in racks,
push-back racks, and sliding racks

• Stacking frames

• Shelves, bins and drawers

• Mezzanines

Engineered Systems

Engineered systems cover a variety of units that work cohesively to


enable storage and transportation. They are often automated. A good
example of an engineered system is an Automated Storage and
Retrieval System, often abbreviated AS/RS, which is a large
automated organizational structure involving racks, aisles and
shelves accessible by a “shuttle” system of retrieval. The shuttle
system is a mechanized cherry picker that can be used by a worker or
can perform fully automated functions to quickly locate a storage
item’s location and quickly retrieve it for other uses.

Other types of engineered systems include:

• Conveyor systems

• Robotic delivery systems

• Automatic guided vehicles (AGV)

Industrial Trucks

Industrial trucks refer to the different kinds of transportation items


and vehicles used to move materials and products in materials
handling. These transportation devices can include small hand-
operated trucks, pallet-jacks, and various kinds of forklifts. These
trucks have a variety of characteristics to make them suitable for
different operations. Some trucks have forks, as in a forklift, or a flat
surface with which to lift items, while some trucks require a separate
2
piece of equipment for loading. Trucks can also be manual or
powered lift and operation can be walk or ride, requiring a user to
manually push them or to ride along on the truck. A stack truck can
be used to stack items, while a non-stack truck is typically used for
transportation and not for loading.

There are many types of industrial trucks:

• Hand trucks

• Pallet jacks

• Pallet trucks

• Walkie stackers

• Platform trucks

• Order picker

• Sideloader

• Many types of AGV

Bulk Material Handling Equipment

Bulk material handling refers to the storing, transportation and


control of materials in loose bulk form. These materials can include
food, liquid, or minerals, among others. Generally, these pieces of
equipment deal with the items in loose form, such as conveyor belts
or elevators designed to move large quantities of material, or in

3
packaged form, through the use of drums and hoppers.

• Conveyor belts

• Stackers

• Reclaimers

• Bucket elevators

• Grain elevators

• Hoppers

• Silos
Other Materials Handling Guides

• Common Types of Pallet Racks


• Drum Liners Buying Guide
• Food Containers Buying Guide

Applications of Material Handling Equipments

Trucks and Mobile Lifting Aids

Trucks and mobile lifting aids perform a large percentage of material handling in modern workshops.
The applications shown here are just a few examples of what products and solutions Thomson has to
offer. Let us know your specific needs, and we can tell you more about our products and services, and
of the many advantages of using Thomson as your supplier.

4
Rodless Actuators

Thomson rodless actuators are selfsupporting and lightweight, so they’re easy to move. And because
there’s no need for covers or any load-supporting framework, you’ll find assembly to be simple and
quick.

Electromechanical Brake

A fail-safe Deltran electromechanical brake is used as a parking brake.

Electric Linear Actuator

Our heavy duty linear actuators are rugged for the toughest, basic jobs and also available in high
precision configurations. Options and accessories such as position feedback, limit switches and
controls provide great flexibility.

5
Car Chassis Transportation

Material handling solutions sometimes involve bringing together production cells that can’t be placed
adjacent to each other. Moving goods, parts or components between these cells means covering
distances with speed, but without getting in the way of other processes. Overhead transportation is one
way to achieve this goal, as goods will not interfere with walkways or truck routes, keeping valuable
floor space free for other production equipment.

Adjustable Picking Tool

The use of linear actuators, precision linear actuators and round rail Ball Bushing® bearings
makes this tool adjustable, allowing you to pick different types of chassis in a mixed
production line.

Long Transport Systems

Thomson has a variety of systems with the capacity to move objects long distances with high
speed. In this application an entire car chassis is moved 12 meters in a couple of seconds.

6
Workspace Expansion

By mounting the base of a robot onto a combination of linear guides, ball screw and Micron
planetary gear, any workspace can be dramatically enlarged. The robot can also perform
work on a moving chassis.

Lifting Unit
• The telescopic lifting unit is an ideal addition to the Tollobelt system. The telescopic
function allows the system to be mounted close to the ceiling, since the lifting unit can reach
down and lift

Vertical Lift Module - Automatic Storage

Moving materials in and out of storage can often create major logistical challenges. In fact, simply
finding the right item at the right time can be the biggest hurdle. An automatic storage system, such as
a vertical lift module (VLM) shown here, can be a solution. This type of automated storage system
features a computer-controlled mechanism that stores and keeps track of items. The challenge for such
a system is to be able to handle items quickly while maximizing the storage area. Thomson has several
standard products that are well-suited to this type of application, as well as the ability to design a
customized solution if needed.

7
Shelf Picking System

The vertical movement of the shelf picker is carried out by two lead screws, guided by four profile rail
linear guides. The horizontal movement also uses two lead screws and four profile rails, configured so
that the shelf picker can pick from the shelf stacks at both the front and the back.

Shelf Positioner

Here, two linear motion systems work parallel to each other moving shelves in and out of the VLM.
Their small size, minimal maintenance requirements and high resistance to dirt and dust makes them a
good choice for this exposed location.

Food Container Palletizing

The food industry places high demands on material handling equipment. Harsh conditions found in
places such as dairies, bakeries and breweries means equipment is often exposed to extreme
temperatures, as well as water, moisture, dirt and cleaning agents. Plus, equipment must be fast and
accurate to keep up with high speed production lines, yet must also be easy to clean and maintain so it
won’t contaminate the environment or the food. Whatever your particular food handling challenge may
be, Thomson has the products and know-how to get the job done.

8
Linear Unit Systems

Few linear unit systems offer the variety of sizes and technologies as Thomson. We create
systems specifically designed and built to deliver the kind of performance, durability and
safety needed for your specific application.

Precison Linear Actuators

Replacing hydralic and pneumatic solutions with electric Precision Linear Actuators provides
higher speed, better accuracy, improved controllability, lower noise and reduced energy
consumption.

Micron AquaTrue Planetary Gearheads

The AquaTrue series, designed specifically for the food processing industry, has both the
accuracy and toughness necessary for optimal performance. A wide range of gear ratios and
frame sizes make AquaTrue easy to implement in most types of machines.

9
Assembly Line Engine Handling

An assembly line requires a steady flow of


materials to specific assembly points along the line. An overhead conveyor system is a convenient
solution, in that it does not occupy any floor space, yet can still transport materials a great distance.
Such a system can also be used when its necessary to position assembly tools and equipment. The main
challenge is that the quick pace normally found on an assembly line requires such systems to be
lightweight, to make it possible for operators to move the equipment quickly and accurately and lower
the risk of fatigue and injuries. Thomson has pioneered a family of products and services to meet the
challenge.

The Movorail System

The Movorail system has been a mainstay of the automotive industry for more than twenty years.
Movorail is a lightweight, maintenance-free, modular crane rail system that comes in four sizes for
loads up to 600 kg per rail. Due to its modularity and broad range of accessories, it is possible to build
just about any imaginable type of conveyor or crane rail system. All you need to mount it is a few
common tools, making the system easy to reconfigure or move to another location if neccessary.

Movorail with Telescopic Crane Rail

In this Movorail system, a telescopic crane rail is mounted so that it can move a power tool over the
hood of a car. When the work is done it can be pushed back to a neutral position allowing the car to
pass.

Movorail Conveyor System

Almost any type of conveyor system can be easily built with Movorail rails. Motorized trolleys can
carry up to 600 kg. Plus, the system includes curves, switches and turntables, making it possible to
bring materials from multiple locations to an assembly point.

Lifting Devices

10
Thomson has several units designed for lifting operations. In this case the telescopic lifting unit Movoz
Z3 is suspended in a Movorail system. The lifting movement is motorized while the X and Y
movements can be manual or motorized. In this application, the operator picks an engine from the
conveyor system with a custom made tool attached to the bottom of the lifting unit, rotates it 180
degrees and then positions it in the engine compartment of the chassis, all while the car on the
conveyor keeps moving forward.

Aircraft Wing Handling

Few industries place as much demand on a handling system as aircraft construction. The handling of
very large and heavy objects, the need for extreme accuracy and unyielding quality standards make for
a difficult challenge. At Thomson, we have both the unique experience and the products to meet the
precise needs of the most demanding material handling applications.

Aircraft Wing Handling

In this instance, a wing is transported along a line. At a machining assembly station, the
oversized and immensely heavy wing is brought in and tilted 90 degrees. The sheer size and
weight of the wing makes the job particularly challenging.

Round Way Roller Bearings

Round Way Roller Bearings have the strength and accuracy to be able to transport an entire
wing along the line. Unlike most linear bearings, Round Way are very forgiving. For instance,
the bearings can pass from one shaft to another without losing accuracy, even if they are not
perfectly aligned. This makes it possible to build large systems quickly and easily.

Tilt Station Transport Platform

11
To get the wing in and out of the tilt station, the wing fixture is brought on to a transport
platform. The platform rides on a set of Round Way bearings and is moved in and out of the
tilt station by a ball screw assembly that includes a Micron planetary gearhead. This
combination allows the wing to be correctly positioned with accuracy high enough to allow for
machining.

Tilt Station with Screw Jacks

Once the tilt station transport platform is correctly positioned in the tilt station, three Thomson
worm gear screw jacks tilt the wing and the platform 90 degrees. In this position, machining
and assembly work can be carried out on the wing. The screw jacks are easy to synchronize,
have high accuracy and efficiency, and have proven to be quite rugged and reliable.

12
Tow Conveyor

Unit + In-Floor + Accumulate

Uses towline to provide power to wheeled carriers


such as trucks, dollies, or carts that move along the
floor

Used for fixed-path travel of carriers (each of


which has variable path capabilities when
disengaged from the towline)

Towline can be located either overhead, flush with


the floor, or in the floor

Selector-pin or pusher-dog arrangements can be used to allow automatic switching


(power or spur lines)

Generally used when long distance and high frequency moves are required

Tow conveyors may be overhead trolley cars or floor conveyors adapted


for handling dollies, trucks, and cars, which are locked into the towing
chain to be moved from any point in the system to any other point.

1
Towline conveyors can be used in a wide variety of applications where it
is advantageous to carry the product on a mobile cart. Some products
are considered "unconveyable" due to their shape, configuration or size.
A typical example would be large four-legged furniture items.

The PAC-TRAK™ form PACLINE utilizes mobile carts, normally with a


rotating top, onto which the item to be conveyed is placed. A variety of
floor-mounted conveyors are used to propel the cart through the
process, depending on the loading, speed and preferred configuration.

The PAC-TRAK™ Towline Conveyor system can be designed with on-


floor or in-floor tracks. On-floor conveyors are attached to the floor
surface without trenching. In this case, plant personnel must walk over
the track, and forklifts will not be allowed to drive in the area of the
conveyor. The drive unit may be situated in a "pit" or mounted above the
floor. If mounted above the floor, provisions must be made where the
cart crosses the conveyor path.

Other features:
• Standard 4-wheeled cart is propelled by a drive chain.
• Towline track can be in-floor or on-floor mounted with minimal
cross section height.
• Top platens can be custom designed based on size, shape and
weight of the item being conveyed.
• Platens can be rotated manually or automatically for close packing.
• Reliable conveyor chain used with ball bearing wheels instead of
"link" chain to reduce maintenance.

HIGHLY EFFICIENT HANDLING FOR A WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS

• The standard four-wheeled cart is propelled by a drive chain.

• The system can be mounted “in floor” or “on floor” with minimal cross
section height.

• Platens can be rotated manually for easy access to all sides by operators.

• Platens can also be rotated automatically for close-packing in accumulation


zones.

• Capacity is scalable from 1 lb. to 30,000 lbs. on the same conveyor.

2
TOUGH, RELIABLE CONVEYOR CHAIN AND TRACK

• PACLINE PAC-TRAKTM

towline system uses reliable conveyor chain with ball bearing

wheels instead of “link” chains to reduce wear and eliminate maintenance.

• Curves are hardened to increase wear resistance.

CUSTOM DESIGN FEATURES

• The PAC-TRAKTM

cart can be fitted with top platens of various sizes and can be custom

designed based on the size, shape and weight of the products carried.

• The PAC-TRAKTM

track system can be custom designed to accommodate your specific

paint line or assembly line requirements.

3
01234 15673852
9
       
 


   
   

      
!"  
#
 
!
$   
 
   
 % 
  
   

&
 
 
  '
 
  
  

    '

 
!" 
' 
   

9  
(


   
''  !
" 
 

     
'    
   
    


'       !"    




' '    
!)
   '' 
   
 


         
   
     
' 

!
$   
 '      ' !* 
' 


 
      !9
    

 '  
 ' 

!
" '    

 
 
' !

+0 30
, 
 '' 

      





 
'   
  
   !-  


  

' 
  
  ' 
 
   
  (
'' !)
 


  
 '  
 
    !9


   ' .   !9 


 
 ' 

'
 
 '   ' !
9
 

 '  
 
'  '  
!"
  ' 

  
'  '  

 
 #
!9
 

 

  
'   # 

 
#

#'
!9
 


 '
'       
  
 ''   /    !9
  
    

    
 0
'  '
 1   #' !
$   

 *
 * "  2
  

     
' 

!
OSCILLATING CONVEYOR
OSCILLATING CONVEYORS are utilized to convey sand or other granular
particles at a desired rate. The conveyor is generally placed under a vibrating
shakeout or a grid to eliminate direct handling of hot sand by the belt
conveyor. In the process of reciprocation, the oscillating conveyor cools the
hot sand to some extent which
Increases the life of the return sand conveyor belt.

CONSTRUCTION

The equipment comprises a metallic trough carried on inclined arms which are
fitted with rubber bushes to handle the reciprocating motion of the trough.
The oscillating motion of the trough is achieved via specially designed inclined
arms and an eccentric shaft driven by a motor through V-belts.

OPERATION
The eccentric shaft is mounted on anti-friction bearings and has V-pulleys at
both ends with weights on them to counteract the unbalancing force. The
rotation of the eccentric shaft provides a forward and backward motion to a
connecting arm attached to the trough through a rubberized pin. A retaining
spring assembly at the back of the trough absorbs shock load.

selection of vibratory conveyor:

1
The oscillating motion of the trough is achieved via specially designed inclined
arms and an eccentric shaft driven by a motor through V-belts. The eccentric
shaft is mounted on anti friction bearings and has V-pulleys at both ends with
weights on them to counteract the unbalancing force. The rotation of the
eccentric shaft provides a forward and backward motion to a connecting arm
attached to the trough through a rubberized pin. The trough motion is
predominantly horizontal with some vertical component, which causes it to
oscillate with a pattern conductive to conveying material. A retaining spring
assembly at the back of the trough absorbs shock load. All components
including drive motor are mounted on a rigidly constructed base frame.

Advantages:

· Hot and abrasive materials can be handled


· Cooling, drying and de-watering operation can be done during transport

2
· Scalping, screening or picking can be done
· Units can be covered and made dust tight
· Simple construction and low head room
· Can be made leak proof

Disadvantages:

· Relatively short length of conveying ( about 50m Maximum)


· Limited capacity, about 350 tons per hour for length of conveying of 30 m.
· Some degradation of material takes place.

Applications:

Vibratory conveyors find wide spread application in the transportation of


dusty, hot, toxic, and chemically aggressive bulk material through a closed
trough or pipe in chemical, metallurgical, mining industries and manufacturing
of building materials.
Vibratory conveyors are also employed for transportation of steel chips in
machine shop, hot knocked out sand, wastes and small castings in foundry
shop. Vibratory feeders are also in use for delivery of small machine parts like
screws, rivets etc.
Sticky materials like wet clay or sand are unsuitable for vibratory conveyors. In
handling finely pulverized materials, like cement etc., the performance of such
conveyors are reported to be poor.
Vibratory conveyors are hardly employed for handling common bulk loads,
such as sand, gravel, coal etc as the same can be done more efficiency by belt
conveyors.

3
012230516738109

     
!"#$%%&#$'&&"%()*)#'#(#+,$&*-)'.#+#&'.
)&('/*#%)'.#&0#'*(),#01'1)('/*&#&)*#&#&#%)*()&
&)''&!)#2!"##&')"!"#$'&)*#0'&1)&)#&'.'*+)()&
#$()&&$1)*,)'&)'#&)-3$''-'$,&1#+'4'.&#+%)&#+*#&4+
%'%#+.#+-/#+)&#+,$*'.-/#&251#%)'.(#*%*&1#'6(&1
$'&)*#&-)'*+#$1&1)&&1)*'#)'*)&)#&-"&0#)&)"%'&(&',2
7!"#))##'('*'&&0.$%#)*'.&&1%''%(!"'.)&'2
51#)8
92: %0*;*7<!"2
=2>0*?'!7<!"2
;)$%0*!"+&1#)&*'!%0*(,)/&)#$2
51)*#!&1#'#(#'&1-",)$)%$#1%$#1(,)*##,!'.
1)'%('&&*0'&1%$#1*.#+*#),%#2@)"&1#!"#%)&)&
1'6&)%)+-$&)&&',#).&#%'#.'!&&1#!"#&)'*,&'(&1)*#2
 '')&'(92AB&CB#$#&1)&&1)*0'-".)!'&"2D$1!"#)
&,*EFG HII G HJJ2
;)%0*!"+))#&*$,-(#)*'!-")
$,-(,&#*%*'.&1#&**'!)).,&251*'!#&)#,'&
,&'&&1)*#-"('&'251%0*!"#,)"-'#&)*)&)#'.1&"
''*%#'&'+$%&9KL$%$%&9ML*0 251)*)-,!*''&1*'&'#-"
1).'.&1*'&'(&)&'(&1#+01&1#))*!#'.!"#2
7!"#)$#*(!"'.),#&)"$'&)*0'&1'.'*'*'.#$()&1)&)
,!&0,#251#)%)&'$)"$#*-&0,)1'#+-$'*'.#+'
0)1$#'.)##&).)4#+*4#+($*'#+'.,'%)&#+,)$()&$'.+)##,-")*
%)4).'.'*$#&"251"))#$#*(#&).-&004#&)&'#)*)##.,&(
,%#'&1)*'.#"#&,2
N0!+&1','&)&'#(#!"#)&1)&&1")--#&$#*(-O&#
0'&1'.'*()&#$()#+)*(,!,&&)&'!"#1&*'#&)#2P*##'*.$)*#&
&)'&1)*#(,()'.((2@)!'&"!"#1)!&1'#4())&'.)*#2
QHR  SII G H
TUVWRX  SII G H
YZ 8 $%0*!"#'#&#(#'#(#+&1(),01'1
&1#)%)*)*&1#&)*#)#)*&1[\]^[_]^+01'1&1(),04#&#2
`)$#(#',%''&"(*#'.+,%&'&'!#&)*&$-(%)&'+&1#!"#)
$#*/&#'!"'1)*'.$'&)*#'04#1%#%##%)&#&!")&'#(,
04'.#&)&'&)&12: %0*!"#)(&$#*)#)#&'.%)&(,
)*)##$1)(&&,*)#II aI 251#))#$#*'#&#)##&'.)4#)*'
)*'.-)"#()*'.b$)*'.,)&')#(,)').#2.&#%,)"-%!'**'
0124567285905
 572 26050125
56 29529122
92
!2 054567285
 6562 9240 5656812456728594
61
72
4!972 240 560541
6"2
9240 56#
029
 572 260$20%2260%5272
8$2 562$8
6 64 62 59
& 9
8
59 2 "9
7 0895294567285912& 9
59  6492
201226"01501245672859
6 01292$8
4560950127254 085012
90 42 57 6" 5%601245672859'08& 4
!6&5%292 9529
45672859 15%6 6( "

) *2629
7 2%5
6!6&5%292 952945672859
0 123456768
4 67 42 647

0 !"
#$%&'()*(+,-)./%/0(%)11/%(2),3/4)%
56789:;;<=>?@ABCDEFGDHIC8GJCCKGL8IGK8MKEKGICCB8NLKF8OPDHP8IGK8QIFK8RGJQ8STU8LVKKC8WDWKL8ODVP
HILV8JG8RIXGDHIVKF8KEF8RCIEMKL8VJ8IHHJQQJFIVK8VPK8IEVDRGDHVDJE8XKIGDEML85NLNICCB8XICC
XKIGDEML7Y8ZPK8VPGJNMP8I[CKL8IGK8LVIVDJEIGB8IEF8GJCCKG8XIGGKCL8HIE8GJVIVK8RGKKCBY8ZPKLK8GJCCKGL
012405526765211855219

8148 27 457 617405824961972918 6922501924


6852021261855219
812251855219012926

298 8212648 2811855219457 617405685202126!225


2670221821855219622 68 2670221890 601692257290 0750520 6
011808"#80$%&&
'20 721258068248 22650121670221
0 620 72105574( 2998218552190124892
740597)2989828218552190 6
2712740117 400477290127 2 7 285587 052

*8552174622 698 252 0 6278258060 6526


2 758069856
2
981260520981855219920$77498562+,-.%/"82580652 

818869 5 21052821(9/90(7 185521742005818%/&
852 858068248 9762126

22345678 102790018248 2818 7421855210$5291290 60127$268


2
01234516869
4 89 6 094861
9241609224 40 12 4614694 9644 2 1
0 248924 184869
4494 96489
90 249442  19494 121
6194 24 1  9
134
4218494 964643424 5 2   2 161094 
1649356146 494 
95 48 4124869
4 509
 5 09 46146  
496 28  2 924 6990
4214869
4  12 2 

146 18493592!469493554
" 496 
95 4613 4912144 184869
4164342
134
42184
19  451246146 92" 496 96496 09652404 965940634 40 12
18901234516
 "92 1664 4 #"92 1664 4  16401234516869
4  61469 4
 4 
861
4612"92 96442469589 6 094861
 4 16 6069 40 12  
613 1281661 21248116$4 18 92 96401 42144496 04 99
012342 4243412401234516
"
9169 401234516 184293444 01 24 8164 92  094 20 29 12
18401234516 092 4  9 59% 4 2 
"40 94 2 &84964
2
461884964 092 4 20161694 29221464012345161 9 85 884642
820 129
64' 64
42 "1
4184 49644 06 4 41
 (1 4)61614601234516# 4 2  41012345 492493519 *2
9041812412926116 12945964 9
44661461
946 9
4466146
 42 4 929818496466146964 41 164 224642 1849 6
186146 9  129 16869
4 64' 64 4 216 11 40494692
4 9
4 012342 129 246101234516 12469296466146 
0112456789
8 1 
8
8685
89 6 19168 1   8 78 61 8 61  
8 1

8 1 6 86
686689691  6 68586  1961 
6 86
685
891 8  86 86 6895 8
191 1   8 9 6 86

0
8812!115
191 1   8 9 6 86
 8 187895
1

18 86896 860"#6 862$5 


 8
868 8986 
19 
1 6 689

8 1 $68
9
89 5
89
01112%1 8
&871 8
5
8916 86 78 6  8 8 69168 1   8 9 6
91786  8 96  8 78 668 89
1 8

&1868  8
 
1 8
688 89$
8 1 68
  

'()*+,(-./010
88121
5
89 6 6
8661 96  86 86 78 6 

19165 6 86891 566 86 78 61


 
1

 
8 0825
6
1 
86  819   81 78 62 6 86 78 6 5 89 

8681 1
1389 786 1 
  5 89 861
4 8 8 9 8
 
8 56# 8$ 8 56 8 86  8905 66 868 1
2  8
98
168989 8 9 86 89 786  898
168965
'56+708190:(6;+11


8 1   8 78 61 1
189  889
1  868<
9  81 78 6$9 81 895 =8

8
6 5 8 78 618

> 86896 86 78 6


1  56789
8 1 ?$ 56# 8@$189
8 1 A
'66 886 86
 
178189
0 
6882685
89198898  6

6  6 86 78 68681 1
8 8

6  78 8 919168 1 



&88 61
  681=8
8 1  89 1 591 786 8 78 6=1
012346708940
09344
41480  0 0 019  14
74741430
01

434 4714 
441480 01 30
1   140
434 912430
047

34 414148
0 434701 30  4
1
34148 01
747713844

334148 014 12038


6!"#$%&'4 404304
0441
41488 0338 471230

703312414841
()%*$$+*,)-.'%"#$%'70894304
0
4 4
1474
04
1 1400334148 4712034 0 1 /
40 4
4  04 73430 443304 4
12
342 4
148
  4 04012  7089474
 
1743443433498
09347401 7
612#3+,+4'5#66+,'7#-8+9#,
:-",#4;<")#-&'=1044
334148/03 0334
>?@ABCC?D@EBF?GBD/03304
4334 04
4198147 3347  20 04
01 7 1 8 47
430
143341480474
98410340 4
94441430

01
4
41334  12430

H44
334148 04141 438 4
14084 301 3I43312733 44

40801
074 74030I4
43487473301
0 44
40 741
4334148 0194D??DJFK@84 44 70894L1M44 1284
01 70403 14 
2*,"%'#N'$#3+,+4',#66+,'<#-8+9#,%
65#66+,%&'4334 044
148  1
07410338
4417 401
144
148104904301
4 010414203 0480194

41981141244 041
414203 0 047 14
194012
 4
14074 0 
4 4 404474
0 4,)8+-',#66+,%
4
41334 0424140338 9 44
1 
409347030
6 40338444 12
844 12148 01
414480470
4 124
4334 019470
47 3
 443212 0 12 01940904
7
408 41 94 01
 3
 0 /7014
03344 001

8107
90301124
0744 0194081294441OPPQPP773340934  4
1
408 30993712733 /
1RSPTSP77241403
801 12
148 
U334   4344
0430
  4
980340 
41334 
441 02212430
94441
41334 /1144
6
34334 70894
1
4
94441
41334 
6V,*W+%&'4334 04 4
04  103 1 4074 041
4
074 041144
984084
70I407 4074   4 0934
2 1241480741  1
01X0408
8148/4074I
  033870
470  443/01
0324
8148/4074 708940904

012312556789665
5 968 786 92 868 209601 3685 16576
6 72 96
7168896363
5267
!"#$ %21 5 880 92 20
2&6167125561 2 6218' 8672 969
6
20716 11 636 963
5267
(6 2 632921716832169 2 621 5596716 1255618)98 5567*+,-21.,/"-/
01 122
716)6 61 552 52 632921&9829 '5691 83882  11 636 98
286792716 5596716 1255618321 52  2 621)2101232961 2 8761 92 8)3216
9 2 6329213 '62867)6 71  122
201255618 700616 986 92 82096
2 6214691 83882 20
2&610123963292192961255618 1&76576
6 7 
2 2861  6 729 2 516618  2 621)'6656 191 83882  11 636 93 
'628674632921)9122 6 1'267168 8 09
5 67 52 9656 92096716
8762096 2 62172&6192 55961255618 169122869209&2'6656 18 882& 
3889467168 09&982

219 '6 1 8 796'6656 18 1622867 96


'2601 36) 7
19 553361867 2502152'1 92 1   5961 96768 96:91 83882 
20
2&613  236922 6125561) 7962961716 12556183 '6 2 6 967
9298716 125561'86168208
12 ;698 7   8

1  59729
2&6167125561 2 621)9612556183 '6716 '2 66 7568805 9'659
716 '652&961255618) 782

21967'756125561882 9 996'659922 68 5596


1255618 791 839
2&6192963'01 92 488)2 5;629618) 29 
2896716
(6 6 2096716 1255618 16716 '  772 532921)98 556700,/
046863292183 '68
66732921891 8399 3292 9122 1672  
6 13888<5961 965)8
6  55768 67852&8
6672552&129218 09329218
162867&  16716 95 22
56792961255618 09(996  5 '5920'69961656 91 5
2 9125889638) 772 55716 125561 2 6218 16699 3216
2
25 1
19 25 15
02116618 729
012456789
5

6 5 56
02!""#$%"&%''"(
)$*!%!"%%+%&"!"%&
%"%&!,()*"""#$$*%"%#(-#!
&%"*"%*%*#(
Hydraulic Lift

There are two types of Hydraulic Scissor Lifts. Mobile Hydraulic Scissor Lift-
Mounted on Nylon wheels. Stationery Hydraulic Scissor Lift Pit Mounted.
Hydraulic Scissor Lift Table is designed to meet the high quality, reliability and
ease of handling . The table is designed based on the customer requirement.
The speed and the efficiency with lifting and lowering of table are being done
by a pair of hydraulic cylinders actuated by power pack.

Application

The Scissor are used for applications like Die Loader, Dock Leveller, Loading
Platform, Working platform, Transfer materials from one place to another.

Key Attributes

• High quality, Reliability and ease of handling.


• Working parts are enclosed and engineered for maximum efficiency for
easy maintenance and trouble free working.

Standard hydraulic lift systems are ideal for ergonomic lifting and moving of
materials in both industrial and commercial sectors. These products are
utilized in every facet of manufacturing, production, processing, storage and
warehousing. We can customize any of these products to suit your specific
need or function. Hydropower prides itself on building material handling
products that meet your needs. We have designed and engineered custom lifts
for small and medium scale industries.

1
HYDRAULIC CONVEYORS
Hydraulic Winch

Winch is a stationary motor-driven or hand-powered machine that is used for


hoisting or hauling, having a drum around which is wound a rope or chain
attached to the load being moved. A hydraulic winch is driven by a hydraulic
pump, the fluid pressure coming from a hydraulic Power Pack driven by the
main engine or electrical motor.

Hydraulically operated winch is ideal for all types of specialized transport from
low-bed operations to wrecker’s equipment and can be set up to operate
either singly or in combinations. They are reliable, rugged and built to last with
user friendly simple lever operated controls. They are an excellent addition to
crawlers, skidders and all-terrain vehicles. The stationary usage is also possible.
The hydraulic winches can also be clutch-operated that makes for an easier
and safer usage.

Hydropower offers a line of Hydraulic Instrument Winches. These range in size


from 2 to 5 HP. All of our hydraulic winches offer the following features:

• Separate winch and HPU units allows HPU to be used for other purposes, if
required
• Variable speed control
• Focal slip rings
• Powder-coated finish
• Stainless steel fasteners
• Accept steel, stainless steel and synthetic fiber mechanical and E-M cable
types
• Fully factory tested and ready to run
HYDRAULIC CONVEYORS

Electro-hydraulic instrument winches are used for numerous applications


including on-station deployment of various payloads including CTDs, free-fall
profiling, towing of side scan sonar, magnetometers, plankton nets and others.

• Steel fabricated cable drum and winch base for maximum rigidity
• High efficiency planetary gear drive modules for optimum performance
• Multi-Disc, wet, friction brake for dependable holding
• High capacity sprig clutch for reliability
• Gearing and brake unit are located outside the cable drum for versatility
• Brake valve is the industry's most stable for controlled dynamic braking
• Cable drum supported on roller bearings
• Wide range of motors and mounts to suit specific application.
HYDRAULIC CONVEYORS
PLANNING PRINCIPLE

The Ten Principles All material handling should be the result


of a deliberate plan where the needs,
of Material Handling performance objectives and functional
specification of the proposed methods are
completely defined at the outset.

The Key to Greater Productivity, Customer Service


and Profitability

PLANNING PRINCIPLE
PLANNING PRINCIPLE Key Points

The plan should be developed in


Definition: A plan is a prescribed course of consultation between the planner(s) and all
action that is defined in advance of who will use and benefit from the equipment
implementation. In its simplest form a to be employed.
material handing plan defines the material
(what) and the moves (when and where); Success in planning large scale material
together they define the method (how and handling projects generally requires a team
who). approach involving suppliers, consultants
when appropriate, and end user specialists
from management, engineering, computer
and information systems, finance and
operations.

PLANNING PRINCIPLE PLANNING PRINCIPLE


KEY POINTS KEY POINTS

The material handling plan should reflect


the strategic objectives of the organization The plan should promote concurrent
as well as the more immediate needs. engineering of product, process design,
process layout, and material handling
The plan should document existing methods methods, as opposed to independent and
and problems, physical and economic sequential design practices.
constraints, and future requirements and
goals.
STANDARDIZATION
STANDARDIZATION PRINCIPLE PRINCIPLE

Material handling methods, equipment, Definition: Standardization means less


controls and software should be variety and customization in the methods
standardized within the limits of achieving and equipment employed.
overall performance objectives and without
sacrificing needed flexibility , modularity
and throughput.

STANDARDIZATION PRINCIPLE STANDARDIZATION PRINCIPLE


Key Points Key Points

The planner should select methods and


equipment that can perform a variety of Standardization, flexibility and modularity
tasks under a variety of operating must not be incompatible
conditions and in anticipation of changing
future requirements.

Standardization applies to sizes of


containers and other load forming
components as well as operating procedures
and equipment.

WORK PRINCIPLE WORK PRINCIPLE

Material handling work should be Definition: The measure of work is


minimized without sacrificing productivity material handling flow (volume, weight or
or the level of service required of the count per unit of time) multiplied by the
operation. distance moved.
WORK PRINCIPLE WORK PRINCIPLE
Key Points Key Points

Simplifying processes by reducing, Process methods, operation sequences and


combining, shortening or eliminating process/equipment layouts should be
unnecessary moves will reduce work. prepared that support the work
minimization objective.
Consider each pickup and set-down, or
placing material in and out of storage, as Where possible, gravity should be used to
distinct moves and components of the move materials or to assist in their
distance moved. movement while respecting consideration of
safety and the potential for product
damage.

WORK PRINCIPLE
Key Points ERGONOMIC PRINCIPLE

The shortest distance between two points is Human capabilities and limitations must be
a straight line. recognized and respected in the design of
material handling tasks and equipment to
ensure safe and effective operations.

ERGONOMIC PRINCIPLE
ERGONOMIC PRINCIPLE Key Points

Equipment should be selected that


eliminates repetitive and strenuous manual
Definition: Ergonomics is the science that
labor and which effectively interacts with
seeks to adapt work or working conditions
human operators and users.
to suit the abilities of the worker.

The ergonomic principle embraces both


physical and mental tasks.

The material handling workplace and the


equipment employed to assist in that work
must be designed so they are safe for
people.
UNIT LOAD PRINCIPLE UNIT LOAD PRINCIPLE

Unit loads shall be appropriately sized and Definition: A unit load is one that can be
configured in a way which achieves the stored or moved as a single entity at one
material flow and inventory objectives at time, such as a pallet, container or tote,
each stage in the supply chain. regardless of the number of individual items
that make up the load.

UNIT LOAD PRINCIPLE UNIT LOAD PRINCIPLE


Key Points Key Points

Less effort and work is required to collect During manufacturing, smaller unit loads,
and move many individual items as a single including as few as one item, yield less in-
load than to move many items one at a time. process inventory and shorter item
throughput times.
Load size and composition may change as
material and product moves through stages Smaller unit loads are consistent with
of manufacturing and the resulting manufacturing strategies that embrace
distribution channels. operating objectives such as flexibility,
continuous flow and just-in-time delivery.
Large unit loads are common both pre and
post manufacturing in the form of raw
materials and finished goods.

UNIT LOAD PRINCIPLE


Key Points SPACE UTILIZATION

Unit loads composed of a mix of different Effective and efficient use must be made of
items are consistent with just-in-time and/or all available space.
customized supply strategies so long as item
selectivity is not compromised.
SPACE UTILIZATION
SPACE UTILIZATION Key Points

In work areas, cluttered and unorganized


spaces and blocked aisles should be
Definition: Space in material handling is
eliminated.
three dimensional and therefore is counted
as cubic space.
In storage areas, the objective of
maximizing storage density must be
balanced against accessibility and
selectivity.

When transporting loads within a facility


the use of overhead space should be
considered as an option.

SYSTEM PRINCIPLE SYSTEM PRINCIPLE

Material movement and storage activities Definition: A system is a collection of


should be fully integrated to form a interacting and/or interdependent entities
coordinated, operational system which that form a unified whole.
spans receiving, inspection, storage,
production, assembly, packaging, unitizing,
order selection, shipping, transportation
and the handling of returns.

SYSTEM PRINCIPLE SYSTEM PRINCIPLE


Key Points Key Points

Systems integration should encompass the Information flow and physical material flow
entire supply chain including reverse should be integrated and treated as
logistics. It should include suppliers, concurrent activities.
manufacturers, distributors and customers.
Methods should be provided for easily
Inventory levels should be minimized at all identifying materials and products, for
stages of production and distribution while determining their location and status
respecting considerations of process within facilities and within the supply
variability and customer service. chain and for controlling their movement.
SYSTEM PRINCIPLE
Key Points AUTOMATION PRINCIPLE

Customer requirements and expectations Material handling operations should be


regarding quantity, quality, and on-time mechanized and/or automated where
delivery should be met without exception. feasible to improve operational efficiency,
increase responsiveness, improve
consistency and predictability, decrease
operating costs and to eliminate repetitive
or potentially unsafe manual labor.

AUTOMATION PRINCIPLE
AUTOMATION PRINCIPLE Key Points

Pre-existing processes and methods should


Definition: Automation is a technology be simplified and/or re-engineered before
concerned with the application of electro- any efforts at installing mechanized or
mechanical devices, electronics and automated systems.
computer-based systems to operate and
control production and service activities. It Computerized material handling systems
suggests the linking of multiple mechanical should be considered where appropriate for
operations to create a system that can be effective integration of material flow and
controlled by programmed instructions. information management.

AUTOMATION PRINCIPLE
Key Points ENVIRONMENTAL PRINCIPLE

All items expected to be handled


automatically must have features that Environmental impact and energy
accommodate mechanized and automated consumption should be considered as
handling. criteria when designing or selecting
alternative equipment and material
Treat all interface issues as critical to handling systems.
successful automation, including equipment
to equipment, equipment to load, equipment
to operator, and control communications.
ENVIRONMENTAL PRINCIPLE
ENVIRONMENTAL PRINCIPLE Key Points

Containers, pallets and other products used


to form and protect unit loads should be
Definition: Environmental consciousness
designed for reusability when possible
stems from a desire not to waste natural
and/or biodegradability as appropriate.
resources and to predict and eliminate the
possible negative effects of our daily actions
on the environment. Systems design should accommodate the
handling of spent dunnage, empty
containers and other by-products of
material handling.

ENVIRONMENTAL PRINCIPLE
Key Points LIFE CYCLE COST PRINCIPLE

Materials specified as hazardous have A thorough economic analysis should


special needs with regard to spill account for the entire life cycle of all
protection, combustibility and other risks. material handling equipment and resulting
systems.

LIFE CYCLE PRINCIPLE


LIFE CYCLE COST PRINCIPLE Key Points

Life cycle costs include capital investment,


Definition: Life cycle costs include all installation, setup and equipment
cash flows that will occur between the time programming, training, system testing and
the first dollar is spent to plan or procure a acceptance, operating (labor, utilities, etc.),
new piece of equipment, or to put in place a maintenance and repair, reuse value, and
new method, until that method and/or ultimate disposal.
equipment is totally replaced.
A plan for preventive and predictive
maintenance should be prepared for the
equipment, and the estimated cost of
maintenance and spare parts should be
included in the economic analysis.
LIFE CYCLE PRINCIPLE
Key Points

A long-range plan for replacement of the


equipment when it becomes obsolete should
be prepared.

Although measurable cost is a primary


factor, it is certainly not the only factor in
selecting among alternatives. Other factors
of a strategic nature to the organization
and which form the basis for competition in
the market place should be considered and
quantified whenever possible.
Slewing Mechanism

The slewing drive is a gearbox that can safely hold radial and axial loads, as
well as transmit a torque for rotating. The rotation can be in a single axis, or in
multiple axes together. Slewing drives are made by manufacturing gearing,
bearings, seals, housing, motor and other auxiliary components and assembling
them into a finished gearbox.

The slewing drive is a modernized take on the worm drive mechanism that dates
back many centuries and was widely used during the Renaissance Era. Pappus
of Alexandria(3rd century AD), a Greek mathematician is credited for an early
version of the endless screw, which would later evolve into the worm drive.This
mechanism was also used by Leonardo da Vinci as a component in many of his
designs for machines. It can also be found in the notebooks of Francesco di
Giorgio of Siena. Many slewing drive concepts found prominence with the
emergence of larger scale construction and engineering in the height of the
Greek and Roman Empires.

Slewing drives function with standard worm technology, in which the worm on
the horizontal shaft acts as the driver for the gear. The rotation of the horizontal
screw turns a gear about an axis perpendicular to the screw axis. This
combination reduces the speed of the driven member and also multiplies its
torque; increasing it proportionally as the speed decreases. The speed ratio of
shafts depends upon the relation of the number of threads on the worm to the
number of teeth in the worm wheel or gear.

As technology has improved, more and more slewing drives are now
functioning with hourglass worm technology which functions much in the same
way as a traditional worm with one big exception: a traditional worm touches
just one tooth at a time while an hourglass engages up to 11 teeth at one time.
This increased tooth engagement results in far greater strength, efficiency and
durability.

Performance characteristics
1
Because of their multiple uses, slewing drives come in a variety of model sizes,
performance ranges and mounting characteristics. The drives are perfect for
applications that require both load holding and rotational torque from the same
gear box. They can also be made with dual axes of rotation, (turning axes at the
same time) or with dual drives on the same axis, (two worm threads driving the
same ring gear in one axis)

Slewing drives
Slewing and swivelling drives are coaxial planetary gearboxes with two to four
planetary stages, which drive large diameter bearings or gear rings via an output
pinion. Both swivelling and slewing drives are made with short or long output
shafts, depending on the installation situation. The one-piece, case hardened and
ground output shaft withstands the highest loads and, if required, can be fitted
with profile-corrected gearing. The optimum circumferential backlash is easily
adjusted through the gearbox's optional eccentricity.
Slewing drives are employed in the slewing mechanisms of construction and
mobile cranes as well as ship and offshore cranes. They are also used in rotor
blade and yaw adjustment in wind turbines. Slewing gearboxes can be driven
either electrically or hydraulically and are available in high gear ratios. If the
installation space is restricted, a bevel gear can serve as an entry stage for a
slewing drive. The installation position is variable, and can be vertical,
horizontal or upside down. For extended operation times, for example when
slewing drives power gear ring rope winches, external oil coolers can be
provided.

2
Applications
There are many applications in which the slewing drive can be utilized,
primarily because it is perfect for applications that require both load-holding
power and rotational torque strength.

Typical slewing drive applications include but are not limited to:

Solar Trackers
Wind Turbines
Man Lifts
Hydraulic Machinery
Telescopic Handlers
Digger Derricks
Lifts
Cranes

3
Drilling equipment
Military Equipment

This invention relates to a slewing mechanism and in particular to a mechanism


which can effect slewing of a motor vehicle seat so that it effectively moves
forward whilst it rotates so that a passenger in the seat can be moved from a
position in which the seat is normally located to a position where the seat
presents at or beyond the door sill whilst, at the same time, avoiding fouling of a
door, door pillar or the like.
Whilst we will exemplify the invention by reference to a car seat it is to be
understood that the same mechanism is equally applicable to other applications
such as in furniture, appliances, agricultural machinery and earth moving
machinery. The invention could also be applied to mechanisms in ambulances
and for access by the physically disabled to baths or the like and these and other
applications are incorporated in the invention.
There have previously been proposed mechanisms to enable a person in a
vehicle, whether the driver or passenger, to obtain ingress and egress
notwithstanding the fact that the person concerned has physical disabilities.
In the end result in these previous devices the seat is moveable from a position
where it is conventionally located to a position where at least the leading edge
of the seat extends beyond the door sill of the vehicle.
The previously proposed mechanisms are basically relatively cumbersome and
awkward to use and normally necessitate the movement on slides, in two
directions. These constructions tend, to be fragile as they often leave the seat
cantilevered on the slides. They can also be very complex and expensive.
It is the object of the present invention to provide a slewing mechanism which
operates effectively to provide both a translation and a rotating movement
which mechanism is rugged in construction but nevertheless economic to
produce, and, in particular, to provide such a mechanism for use with a vehicle
seat or the like.
The invention in its broadest concept comprises a slewing mechanism having a
primary arm rotatable about a pivot adjacent one end, a secondary arm pivotally
connected to the primary arm at a pivot adjacent the other end of the primary
arm and an upper plate which rotates about a pivot connected to the secondary
arm at a position spaced from its first pivot and means to link the secondary arm
4
to the surface to which the primary arm is pivoted and a second link which
connects the upper plate to the primary arm whereby on rotational movement of
the primary arm, the upper plate is caused to translate and to rotate.
In one preferred form of the invention the translation follows a circular path of
constant radius and the rotation over the required movement is effectively 90
degrees.
The range of translation and the degree of rotation can be varied within certain
limits.
The invention also includes a vehicle seat comprising the slewing mechanism of
the invention, the seat being moveable between a first position at which it is in
the normal position of a seat in a vehicle to a second position where at least its
leading edge extends beyond the vehicle door with the seat effectively being
directed outwardly relative to the door.
In order that the invention may be more readily understood we shall describe, in
relation to the accompanying drawings, one particular embodiment of the
invention together with certain modifications that can be made to this
embodiment.
The mechanism has a bottom plate 3 which, in the preferred embodiment may
be adapted to be connected by way of a sub frame 102 to the floor of a vehicle
and can be of a form to provide the required height. The sub frame 102 may be
connected by bolting or otherwise connected to the vehicle body.
By using the sub frame 102, the mechanism can be used with a wide range of
vehicles.
As illustrated the plate 3 may be a square or rectangular plate.
Mounted on a pivot 2 connected to plate 3 there is a primary arm 1 and this may
be made of any required material and be of any shape.
As illustrated it is somewhat of a dumbbell shape and this may be preferred if,
say, a bearing race is to be connected between the plate 3 and the arm 1.
As illustrated the plate 3 has an arcuate groove 32 and the arm 1 a
corresponding groove 11 and ball bearings 12 are located
between the two grooves to support the arm relative to the plate and to permit
rotation thereof.

5
We also provide a recess 15 in the upper portion of the arm 1 and in this recess
there are provided ball bearings for a ball race 14 which co-operations with a
bearing member 13 which extends upwardly on a shaft 16 from bottom plate 3.
It will be seen that with an arrangement such as this, the arm 1 can rotate readily
relative to plate 3 notwithstanding that there are substantial cantilever loads
between the contacting faces of the plate 3 and the arm 1.
A secondary arm 4 is pivotally connected by means of a pivot 5 which may be
attached to arm 1 at a distance from pivot 2 thereof.
An upper plate 6 is pivotally connected by means of pivot 7 to the secondary
arm 4 with the pivots 5 and 7 being spaced by required distances.
The interconnection of the secondary arm 4 with the arm 1 and that of the upper
plate 6 with the secondary arm 4, are, as illustrated, similar to the manner of
connection of the bottom plate 3 with the arm 1. That is there are annular
grooves in the inner faces of the adjoining members which receive ball bearings
to permit ready rotation whilst loaded and the pivots 5 and 7 also include ball
bearings or ball races to absorb cantilever
loads on the members relative to the member therebelow.
In fact the connection of the secondary arm 4 and the upper plate 6 is effected in
a direction opposite the two earlier connections but the load can be borne in
either orientation.
Whilst we have described one particular form of bearing arrangements between
the adjacent rotating components it is to be understood that these can be varied
as required.
A primary link 8 is pivotally connected both to the bottom plate 3, by pivot 81
and the secondary arm 4, at pivot 82 and the upper plate 6 is pivotally connected
to the primary arm 1 by means of secondary link 9, the connection to upper
plate 6 being at pivot 91 and the primary arm 1 at pivot 92.
The arrangement of the arms and their links are such that when the primary arm
1 is rotated relative to the bottom plate 3 then the secondary arm 4 is caused to
rotate about pivot 5, because of the location of primary link 8, and the pivot
point 7 will commence to translate relative to the bottom plate 3.
At the same time that this translation is effected the upper plate 6 will also be
rotated as secondary link 9 constrains the outward movement of the upper plate
6.

6
The particular arrangement, as illustrated, is effectively symmetrical and the
translation of pivot 7 will follow a circular
path of constant radius and the rotation of the upper plate 6 can be such that
during the movement of the lower plate 1 the upper plate rotates through
approximately 90 degrees.
This arrangement is satisfactory for causing a seat assembly 100, which is
connected to upper plate 6, to move forwardly and outwardly from its initial
position to a position in a car door and, at the same time the seat is caused to
rotate through approximately 90 degrees so that a passenger in the seat will
move from a first, normal, position directed towards the direction of movement
of the vehicle to a second position substantially at right angles thereto.
The movement is such that during the initial part of the movement the seat will
move forwardly past the door pillar 101 and then rotate outwardly so that at
least part of the seat extends through the door opening.
On the reverse movement the seat will move inwardly and then rearwardly
effectively around the pillar 101 until it assumes its initial condition.
Figures 4 and 5 show an arrangement in which the mechanism is associates with
a car seat and this will be described further hereinafter.
It will be appreciated that such a seat is most desirable for persons with
disabilities who can, say, be removed from a wheel
chair and placed on the seat when it is in the second position described and then
the seat can be caused to move to a normal driving or passengers position.
Depending upon the particular configuration and movement required the lengths
of the various components and linkages and the location of the pivots, can be
changed to give a combined movement which differs substantially from that
illustrated above. The movement may be elliptical rather than circular and the
translation and rotation components of the movement can vary widely. Such
movements may be required for particular applications. For example if the door
pillar is located forwardly of the seat, it may be necessary for the seat to move
forward substantially before it starts to move on the arc of a circle and before
the rotation is effected.
Movement of the mechanism can, it will be appreciated, be effected by
movement of any of the components but normally would be effected either by
positive movement of the primary arm 1 or movement of the upper plate 6. For
example when the mechanism is applied to a vehicle seat the movement may be
7
achieved by physically moving the seat and its occupant after some form of
latching mechanism is released.
Figures 4 and 5, which show the car seat assembly 100 associated with the
mechanism also shows a driven form of mechanism and a form of locking
mechanism.
In this form the plate 3 is connected to one side of a sub-frame 102 which, in
turn, can be connected by bolts or the like 103 to the floor pan of the vehicle,
the frame 102 affectively occupying the same position as the conventional seat
rail assembly.
The seat rails 104 are then connected to the upper plate 6, by means of any
required sub assembly 105 which may be necessary to permit the required
connection and the seat 105 is mounted on the rails in a conventional manner so
as to be adjustable there along. By providing different sub-assemblies 105 so
different forms of seat can be connected to the same mechanism.
The mechanism can be sufficiently thin that, notwithstanding the mechanism
and the sub-assemblies 102 and 105, the normal vehicle seat can be used and
can be at its normal height.
In order to lock the assembly we provide a locking pin 110 which is biased by a
spring 111 to normally extend outwardly, as shown in Figures 4 and 5 and to the
inner end 112 of the pin there can be connected a flexible cable or the like 113.
This cable may terminate on the side of the seat in a position which is exposed
when the seat is in its normal, driving, position and a handle or the like 114 can
be provided to cause movement of the cable 113 and thus of the pin 110.
On the seat assembly 100 there can be an aperture or the like through which the
pin can pass so that when the seat assumes its normal position then it is
prevented from further movement until
the pin 110 is released. When the seat reaches this position we can provide
additional inter-engaging lugs, normally two such lugs which provide force
transfer if the vehicle is in an accident situation.
The pin 110 may have a tapered outer end or the seat frame may have a ramp so
that the locking movement is automatic when the seat reaching its normal
position.
Associated with the locking pin there is a second locking member 120 which is
connected at one end 127 to the end 112 of the pin which member is itself
adapted to be rotatable about a pivot 121.
8
The free end of this member, which is unturned, is formed to mesh with teeth
124 on an arcuate member 123 which is connected to the primary arm 1. The
connection is shown as being by nuts or studs 125, 126.
The arcuate member is arcuate about the axis of the pivot 2 of the member 1.
The arrangement is such that when the seat is in its normal position and the
handle 114 is operated the pin 110 is drawn inwardly against the spring 111 and
the lower end of the member 120 is caused to rotate in a clockwise manner,
looking from the direction of Figure 5 about its pivot 121 and this causes the
formed end 122 to disengage from the ratchet teeth 124 on the arcuate member
125.
If at any stage during rotation it is required to lock the seat it is only necessary
to release the handle 114 and, under influence of the spring 111 the member 120
will rotate about pivot 121 and its end 122 will engage the teeth 124 on the
member 123 and the seat is locked. Further manipulation of the handle will
again free the seat.
That is to say in order to effect rotation of the seat the handle 114 has to be
operated to free the mechanism.
It is also possible to motor drive the mechanism, although this is not shown but
preferably a motor would be used to cause rotation of primary arm 1. This is
most convenient as the arm 1 is connected by the pivot 2 to the vehicle body so
the only movement of the arm is rotational movement about the pivot.
The form of operation and the form of motor used will not be further described
except to say that the motor may be electric, hydraulic or pneumatic.
The periphery of the arm 1 at the pivot 2 may be formed as a worm wheel or
may have gear teeth therein and the motor may be provided with a worm or spur
gear to effect driving.
Alternatively a linear actuator or screw could be used to effect the movement.
In such an arrangement whilst the motor is operating the seat
will move but, generally, when the motor stops the seat will be locked in the
position then reached. With a motor drive arrangement we may still leave the
arcuate member 123 and the member 120 in operation or these could be
disregarded.
If required, in the motorised version, the-switch for the drive motor may be
actuated when the handle 114 is moved to release the pin 110 so that the seat
9
will automatically be moved to its second position when the pin is released and
so long as the switch was closed.
The handle 114 could then be associated with a further switch which would be
operated on reverse movement thereof to cause the motor to drive in a reverse
manner to move the seat back to its normal position.
If a motor driven version is provided then we prefer to provide limit switches at
the two ends of its movement so that the motor is de-energised when the seat
has reached the limit of its movement in a particular direction.
In other applications we may prefer to provide mechanical stops which prevent
extreme movement of the seat.
Whilst we have described the seat as being in the passenger's position it will be
appreciated that a mirror image of the mechanism will work equally
satisfactorily for a driver so that a disabled driver may use the seat incorporating
the mechanism
of the invention equally as satisfactorily as a passenger. Also, and as mentioned
earlier herein whilst we have described the mechanism specifically for use in a
car seat to enable disabled persons to readily enter and leave a motor vehicle a
similar mechanism could be used in other applications where a mixture of
translation and rotation is required.
For example in some heavy agricultural and civil engineering equipment the
space for a driver is very limited and it could be desirable to use a mechanism of
the type described herein in association with a seat in a vehicle of that type to
facilitate ingress and egress of the driver.

FOUR POINT CONTACT SLEWING BEARING LUBRICATION &


MAINTENANCE

Slewing is defined as the rotation of an object about an axis. Thus a slewing


ring bearing is a bearing used in slewing applications for transferring/supporting
axial, radial, and moment loads, singularly or in combination, consisting of
rings mounted with threaded fasteners, and usually having a gear integral with
one of the rings. Slewing ring bearings with integral gears are purchased by
some water and wastewater equipment manufacturers without the capability of
manufacturing drives in house. These slewing rings are then assembled along
with other components into a clarifier drive. Thus component drive assemblers
10
are those that buy components designed and fabricated by others and assemble
these pieces into drives. Drive manufacturers design and fabricate their own
drives. The assemblers of component drive frequently claim ease of
maintenance and reduced lubrication requirements as a benefit of these
assembled slewing ring clarifier drives. Component drive assemblers minimize
the required maintenance for these drives contrary to the slewing ring bearing
manufacturers’ recommended lubrication and maintenance procedures. In fact,
many drive assemblers are unaware of or have actually ignored the slewing ring
bearing manufacturers’ recommendations concerning lubricants, frequency of
re-lubrication, as well as types and frequency of maintenance inspections and
services. For example, in outdoor, humid, dirty, or dusty applications, and for
24 hour continuous operation as found in clarifier applications; slewing ring
manufacturers recommend the re-lubrication of grease lubricated slewing ring
bearing as often as every eight (8) hours. The failure to include the slewing ring
manufacturer’s vital lubrication and maintenance in the component drive
assembler’s installation, operation, and maintenance instructions can result in
the premature failure of the bearing, the gear, or both. An example of this
deficiency is the absence of slewing ring mounting bolt annual inspection and
re-tightening requirements. Loose mounting bolts leads to gear mesh
misalignment and unusual loading of the bearing, which can result in a drive
failure. Such unscheduled outages consume precious maintenance time,
resources and funding that would otherwise not be required and thus available
for scheduled maintenance or other functions.
All of the slewing ring bearings produced by the manufacturers presented here
are excellent bearings. The component drive assemblers’ application or
misapplication of these bearings and the absence of the slewing bearing
manufacturers’ maintenance recommendations in drive assembler’s installation,
operation, and maintenance procedures, in short a failure to present the slewing
ring bearing manufacturers’ lubrication and maintenance recommendations to
the end user is the true failure here.

11
12
Pneumatic conveyor

It Can be used for both bulk and unit movement of materials


Air pressure is used to convey materials through a system of vertical and horizontal tubes
Material is completely enclosed and it is easy to implement turns
and vertical moves 12(a) Dilute-phase pneumatic conveyor
Moves a mixture of air and solid
Push (positive pressure) systems push material from one entry
point to several discharge points
Pull (negative pressure or vacuum) systems move material from
several entry points to one discharge point
Push-pull systems are combinations with multiple entry and
discharge points
12(b) Carrier-system pneumatic conveyor
Carriers are used to transport items or paperwork
Examples: transporting money to/from drive-in stalls at banks and
documents between floors of a skyscraper

1
Pneumatic conveyor systems

Every pneumatic system, would makes use of pipes or ducts called transportation lines that
carry mixture of materials and a stream of air. These materials are such as dry pulverized or
free flowing or light powdery materials like cement, fly ash etc. These materials can be
transported conveniently to various destinations by means of a stream of high velocity air
through pipe lines. Products are moved through various tubes via air pressure , allowing for
extra vertical versatility. Pneumatic conveyors are either carrier systems or dilute-phase
systems; carrier systems simply push items from one entry point to one exit point, such as the
money-exchanging tubes used at a bank drive-through window. Dilute-phase systems use
push-pull pressure to guide materials through various entry and/or exit points. It is important
to note that either air compressors, vacuums, or blowers can be used to generate the air. This
will all depend on what the engineers think will be the most efficient and economical way of
developing the system. Three basic systems that are used to generate high velocity air stream:

1. Suction or vacuum systems, utilizing a vacuum created in the pipeline to draw the
material with the surrounding air .The system operated at a low pressure, which is
practically 0.4–0.5 atm below atmosphere, and is utilized mainly in conveying light free
flowing materials.
2. Pressure-type systems, in which a positive pressure is used to push material from one
point to the next. The system is ideal for conveying material from one loading point to a
number of unloading points. It operates at a pressure of 6 atm and upwards.

2
3. Combination systems, in which a suction system is used to convey material from a
number of loading points and a pressure system is employed to deliver it to a number of
unloading points.

A pneumatic conveying system transfers powders, granules,


and other dry bulk materials through an enclosed
pipeline. The motive force for this transfer comes from a
combination of pressure differential and the flowof a gas,
such as air or nitrogen. (For simplicity, we’ll call the gas
“air” in this article.) The system’s basic elements include
A motive air source (also called an air mover, such as a fan
or blower), a feeder or similar material-introduction device,
a conveying line, a termination vessel (such as an air material
receiver ), and a dust collection system.
While some of the most common materials transferred by
pneumatic conveying systems are flour, cement, sand, and
plastic pellets, any of hundreds of chemicals, food products,
and minerals can be pneumatically conveyed. These
materials are usually fairly dry materials in slurry or paste
form typically aren’t suited to pneumatic conveying.

Working of pneumatic conveyer

Doing work requires energy. To turn a bolt, for instance,


you need to provide energy in the form of torque. Such
mechanical torque is usually expressed in foot-pounds,
and both elements—feet and pounds—are needed to do
the work .Energy is also required to move material through
a pneumatic conveying system, but in this case the energy
is supplied by pressure differential (in pounds per square
inch) and airflow(in cubic feet per minute).
In a pneumatic conveying system, the air pressure in the conveying line
is changed by the system’s air mover ,which generates pressure or vacuum.
Where the air mover is located in
the system determines whether it generates one or the other:
When located at the system’s start, the air mover pushes air
through the system and the system operates under pressure.
When located at the system’s end, the air mover pulls air
through the system and the system runs under vacuum. By
controlling the pressure or vacuum and airflow inside the
system, the system can successfully transfer materials.
Advantages of pneumatic conveyer

Let’s start by looking at mechanical conveying systems. A


conventional mechanical conveying system runs in a
straight line, with minimal directional changes, and each
directional change typically requires its own motor and
drive. The mechanical conveying system may be open
rather than enclosed, potentially generating dust. It also

3
has a relatively large number of moving parts ,which usually
require frequent maintenance. The system also tends
to take up a lot of valuable real estate in a plant.

Disadvantages of a pneumatic conveyer

A pneumatic conveying system typically requires far more


horsepower to operate than an equivalently sized mechanical
conveying system. The reason is that changing the air
pressure to achieve pneumatic conveying consumes a large
amount of power and is inherently less efficient than a mechanical
conveying system’s mechanical transfer. In fact, in
applications with the same transfer rate over the same conveying
distance, a pneumatic conveying system can require
10times the horse power of a mechanical conveying system.
A pneumatic conveying system also requires a larger dust
Collection system than a mechanical conveying system. This
is because the pneumatic system has to separate the conveyed material
from the conveying air at the system’s end.
Some materials have characteristics that make them difficult
to convey in a pneumatic system. Examples are a material
with a large particle size and high bulk density, such as
gravel or rocks, and an extremely sticky material, such as titanium dioxide,
which tends to build a coating on any material-
contact surface. In a pneumatic conveying system, such
buildup often leads to total pipeline blockage. These difficult materials
can be easier to transfer in a mechanical conveying system that’s been
carefully chosen to handle them

Types of pneumatic conveying systems?

Pneumatic conveying systems are classified by their operating


principle into two types: dilute phase and dense
phase. Either can run under pressure or vacuum.
Dilute phase. Dilute-phase (also called stream-flow) pneumatic
conveying is best compared to what happens in a
parking lot on a blustery day .While walking to your car after
work ,you’re blasted with dust and dirt that’s been picked up
off the ground by fast-moving wind. The faster the wind, the
more material hits you. As the wind speed picks up, larger
dirt particles also become entrained in the wind. Picture the
debris carried by a tornado or hurricane: These storms are
pneumatically transferring enormous “particles” in dilute
phase. Just like the wind picks up the dust, the dilute-phase
conveying system relies on the airstream’s velocity to pick
up and entrain each particle ,keeping the particles in suspension throughout
the conveying line.
A typical dilute-phase pneumatic conveying system is
shown in Figure 1.The pickup velocity at the system’s start

4
(that is, the airstream velocity at which material is picked
up and entrained at the material feed point ) is generally considered
the system’s most critical area, because the air is at
A simple way to think of a dilute-phase conveying
system is that it operates at a relatively high velocity at
a relatively low pressure differential.
A simple way to think of a dilute-phase conveying system
is that it operates at a relatively high velocity at a relatively
low pressure differential. To design a dilute-phase pneumatic
conveying system with the air volume to convey
your material, you must use mass calculations (that is,
pounds of material per pound of air) while considering
your installation location’s ambient air temperature, humidity,
and altitude. Then to achieve the proper mixture of
air and material in the system, you must meter the material
into it at a controlled rate.
Dense phase. Dense-phase pneumatic conveying is also
best described with an analogy: It’s similar to what happens
in making sausage, when you use high pressure to
force ground meat into a casing. An ideal dense-phase
conveying system would extrude material with enough
pressure to transfer it in one long, continuous piece
through the pipeline’s entire length, just like a continuous
length of ground meat inside a sausage casing. But with
dry bulkmaterials like powders and granules, this usually
isn’t possible because of the material’s high frictional resistance
against the conveying line’s inside wall. Instead,
air and material flows through the line in any of several
patterns (including various forms of two-phase flow and
slug flow).
While various dense-phase conveying system types are
available, all use a relatively high pressure differential with a
relatively low air velocity. The most common dense-phase
system type, as shown in Figure 2, provides batch transfer
using a transporter (also called a blow tank or pressure tank).
In this system ,material from a storage vessel is loaded by
gravity into the transporter. After the transporter is full, its
material inlet valve and vent valve are closed and compressed
air is metered into the transporter. The compressed
air extrudes the material from the transporter into the conveying
line and to the destination. Once the transporter and
conveying line are empty, the compressed air is turned off
and the transporter is reloaded. This cycle continues until all
the material required for the process has been transferred.
Shown in detail in Figure 3,
an air injector works by injecting compressed air (or another
gas, such as nitrogen, to match the conveying gas)
into the conveying line. The added air can clear any plugs
caused by low air volume or pressure, eliminating the
chore of dismantling the line to remove plugs. Using the

5
injectors reduces the system’s air volume safety factor by
reducing the air volume required for reliably conveying
the material. (An air volume safety factor is typically built
into a pneumatic conveying system’s design to ensure that
the system has slightly more air volume than the application
requires; however, while this extra air volume helps
the system reliably convey material without plugging, it
also increases the system’s energy consumption.)
Air injectors along the conveying line can also be used to
gently restart flow when material is left in the line after the
conveying cycle. This is a particular advantage for a system
handling an abrasive or friable material or a material
blend. When the system is restarted without supplementary
air, the higher-speed material flow can cause an abrasive material
to produce excessive and premature wear on
the conveying line and other material-contact components.
This higher-speed flow can also damage a friable
material, resulting in unacceptably high amounts of particle
attrition. It can also de blend a mixture of materials with
different particle sizes and bulk densities. Using supplementary
air in the line can not only prevent wear, attrition,
and de blending problems when a power outage or other
event abruptly shuts down the conveying system when it’s
full of material, but can provide more system design flexibility
for an application where you want to intentionally
leave material in the line between cycles.
Air injectors must be designed as fail-safe check valves to
prevent the conveyed material from intruding into the injectors’
compressed-air supply. Such intrusion can occur
when material slugs (also called pistons) form inside the
dense-phase conveying line (Figure 2); because of the
slugs’ changing velocity in the line, usually before line
bends, the air in the pockets between the slugs can become
pressurized to a level higher than that of the compressed
air injected into the line. If this overpressure condition occurs
at an air-injection point and the air injector doesn’t
have a check valve, some particles can enter the compressed-
air supply.

pneumatic conveying system is operating in dilute


phase or dense phase

Unfortunately, there’s no industry standard for measuring


these operating phases. So just because a pneumatic conveying
system has a rotary airlock valve, it’s not necessarily
operating in dilute phase, and just because a system has
a transporter, it’s not necessarily operating in dense phase.
However, you can use these rules of thumb for determining
a pneumatic conveying system’s operating phase:
•Most dilute-phase pressure systems operate below15 psi

6
(typically between 4 and 8 psi), while most dense-phase
pressure systems run above 15 psi.
•Most dilute-phase vacuum systems operate below 12
Inches mercury (typically between 8 and 12 inches mercury),
while most dense-phase vacuum systems run
above 12 inches mercury (typically between 12 and 14
inches mercury).
•Depending on the conveyed material ,most pressure and
vacuum dilute-phase systems have an air velocity between
3,500 and 9,000 fpm and most pressure and vacuum dense-
phase systems have a 3,000-fpmor lower air
velocity.
• In a dilute-phase system, the material velocity is nearly
the same as the air velocity. In a dense-phase system, especially
one with slug flow, the average material velocity
is much slower than the air velocity. In either system, the
material can’t move faster than the air.
One caution: When you’re talking to a dense-phase system
supplier about selecting a new system, make sure that the
material velocity numbers the supplier is using are clearly
defined. Some suppliers use air velocity and material velocity
numbers interchangeably. Make sure you know
what numbers the supplier is talking about before you accept
the supplier’s material velocity claims.
4. Figure 3
Selection of pneumatic conveying system
for application

Major factors to consider.


The first thing to address when
selecting a dilute- or dense-phase pneumatic conveying
system is your material’s characteristics .These include the
material’s particle size and shape, bulk density, moisture
content, abrasiveness, friability, cohesiveness, hygroscopicity,
static charge, explosivity , toxicity, melt point, and
many others.
Next, consider how the system will fit into your location
and plant environment .How will the system’s planned line
routing and length fit into your installation area Are there
any physical constraints in the area, such as other equipment
or spots with low headroom What will it take to fit
the system into your available area within these constraints?
And how can the system be configured to provide
Easy maintenance access to system components?
Another major factor to consider is what material transfer
rate the system must achieve to meet your application requirements.
Making a choice. Assuming that your material can be
pneumatically conveyed (that is, it doesn’t have a large
particle size and high bulk density and it isn’t extremely
sticky), and without considering any other factors at this

7
point, start by considering the conveying system with the
lowest initial investment cost: dilute phase.
Whether the dilute-phase system should operate under
pressure or vacuum in your application depends on two
main factors:
•Whether air leaking into or out of the system will have a
negative effect: For instance, air leaking out of a pressure
system that conveys a toxic or explosive material can create
hazardous conditions in your plant. In this case, a vacuum system would
be a safer choice.
•Whether your material packs tightly (like wood shavings),
is cohesive and tends to build up on surfaces (like
titanium dioxide), or is fibrous (like some grain hulls):
For materials like these, a vacuum system may be the better
choice. This is because the vacuum in the conveying
line tends to pull the particles apart during conveying
rather than push them together or into the line walls as
pressure conveying does.
Some factors may make a dense-phase conveying system
better suited to your material. The dilute-phase system relies mainly
on providing a high enough air velocity to keep
material entrained in the air stream. This relatively high velocity
can damage a friable material, resulting in unacceptably
high amounts of particle attrition. It can also de blend
a mixture of materials with different particle sizes and bulk
densities. In both cases, the gentler conveying in a dense phase
system—which relies more on a high pressure differential
than a high air velocity—is often a better option.
The dilute-phase system’s high velocity can also be a
problem for handling an abrasive material, which can
quickly wear the conveying line and other components,
making a dense-phase system the clear choice in this case.
Also consider a dense-phase conveying system when your
system will include long conveying line runs. A dense phase
system typically requires a smaller line diameter
than a comparably-sized dilute-phase system. This means
that the dense-phase system not only requires less air volume
but, in a long system, the smaller-diameter line sections
are much lighter, making their installation and
replacement easier. The dense-phase system’s smaller and
lighter elbows and similar components provide the same
advantages.
Choosing pressure or vacuum operation for your dense phase
conveying system depends on the same factors as
for a dilute-phase system: whether air leaking into or out
of the system will have a negative effect and whether your
material packs tightly, is extremely cohesive and tends to
build up on surfaces, or is fibrous.
The supplier should conduct the tests with the same
material the installed system will handle in your plant

8
and simulate your field conditions as closely as
possible
.
Once you’ve decided on a dilute- or dense-phase pneumatic
conveying system and determined whether it will
operate under pressure or vacuum, have the system supplier
run pilot-plant tests of the proposed system in the
supplier’s test facility. The supplier should conduct the
tests with the same material the installed system will handle
in your plant and simulate your field conditions as
closely as possible. This includes configuring the pilot plant
system, if possible, with the same conveying line
routing, length, and number of bends that the installed system will
have and running the tests under your plant’s ambient
air temperature and humidity conditions.
Before the supplier runs the tests, you should define several
test criteria. Basic criteria include whether the proposed
system conveys your material, at what rate it conveys the
Copyright, CSC Publishing, Powder and Bulk Engineering
material, and how much air the system consumes. You also
need to define criteria specific to your application. If, for instance,
you’re conveying a friable material and are concerned
about material attrition, you need to define how
much attrition is acceptable and then accurately verify how
much attrition occurs during the tests.
The supplier will use the pilot-plant test results to size the
conveying system that’s installed in your plant .Make sure
that you understand exactly how the supplier will use the
test results to size your installed system and, in particular,
how the supplier will use the data to calculate the installed
system’s material conveying rate and air consumption.

9
01 23 
56789

9
69
!"#$$!"% 96&% ' 7%(7
&
6
' (86)#$*$"+*,-.*/$*0-00)-0!$)1!!$)
23#/0)4!#/)53$,5!$3!)6$$#708,$!$#00
!#!$9$0:/*,;!<$$#00$707!=$)+33
03)$!)$/*)!!#0.00*$70,,!7!=/!3!3,
>3$3.$/"""!!)!$)$!$$+33#$)$0*
!#"!70*)+3!/$/73!37$,>3$70*!!"
3 "0!! ! #* 7   ;0! 60 ?$,

>3+!*$!"7$)56&& @9
 
 A69 @9
B;0<$"7
"!#4?4$3!"CDEFG,HI##J!#*7"733>3$$!$"
#,>3$77*!*)!*)!;3
0!!0+!,20$7$+$#"!#!!"3#!$""
#!#02K8L2?K2L8-M-2K5N-?,>3$!$!/$)!!)!O
!=:/3*,>3$707*+$3+3$!$!0/!!
,

PQRRSTUVWXTYZRTY[YVSY\SRTVWTXV]RXT^_`a_`a_bTc_`d_`d_TbTe_`d_`d_bTfg_`^_`^_T

 fg_`c_`^_h

A69 @9
 8& i9j& 9
9k& lmnolpnoqn %% plnolrnolnn %% 

pqnoplnolrn %%B

56&& @9


stuvwxuyzw{|v}swv|zs~u€s€€vsw‚€ƒs}u„uv|…€ƒs†s‚zu|v„€‚‚s‚z€€„s|vsz~€|{stuvwxuyzw{|v}s‡{ˆy€‚‚‰s
Š~€‚€s‹zu|v„€‚‚s‹z€€„sŒ|v‚su{€suu|„u„€s|vsu{|ˆw‚s‚~u‡€‚suvƒs‚|…€‚‰s‹wu{€suvƒs{€yzuv}w„u{s‚z€€„s
|v‚su{€s~u|v}s~ˆ„€‚sˆvsz~€|{sˆwz€{s‚w{xuy€sxˆ{s‡{ˆ‡€{s€vz|„uz|ˆvs‡w{‡ˆ‚€‰sŒ|v‚s‡{ˆƒwy€ƒsŽsw‚s
u{€syˆt‡„€z€„Žsyˆ€{€ƒs‚ˆsz~uzsz~€Žsyuvvˆzs‡ˆ„„wz€sz~€s‚w{{ˆwvƒ|v}‚su‚sz~€Žsu{€s~|}~„Žsw‚€ƒs|vs
~ˆw‚€‚s~ˆz€„‚s~ˆ‚‡|zu„‚suvƒs|vstuvwxuyzw{|v}s|vƒw‚z{|€‚‰suvwxuyzw{€ƒsŽswz|„|…|v}s„uz€‚zs
z€y~vˆ„ˆ}Žsz~€‚€s~u€s€‘y€„„€vzsx|v|‚~|v}suvƒsu{€syu‡u„€sˆxs{€vƒ€{|v}sŽ€u{‚s ;!
30!"$#00$’#0$.’,7!0$)/$)$$)0!)00#$
#$*+36:/;0;70<$,20$N+$$#0!70
01234157899408
 9940
 4254548
52
001234521420471 4592 89
5892 47 1389592
08
94 202
0145514 759 140
08
7 10877414
95845
2142
989294182 2
459 148
252 52498 88
94548
5382
4
59240
4 41942 4389 92
49125 19 252 42
0
28
94
2
4
 598
 40

!!!
!
!
!
!
"#$%&'(!)'*%!


4142142
2 8298
57 1 1 25988
542
45409 4
2
494
59 1247429145 7 154 8
9 542129452 8945, 158 549425
592
02
459 1244548
521420458
5418 12 89 7 259828
94
5918
2
0012 4454 25988
5214459589407 159 124 7 214 45
4542142147 0458
408
218 55845,52452
02289254194 845 7
1 84
95
-./012340156/78492:04/6844
;<35=92:/125:45>401/3?4/:@4A/:740156/78492:44
B<C165:74-./012340156/78492:44
D<92:48/0E4/008=9.841540156/784
F%G%
HI2
59240
42 941389592
8
52
02 5 540389 41402
4 ,128 ,2
021959 7 12
477884
9
5594, 988459 124524
J4252
0 8

K 892 47 1218 5 24
LM24 13 1 24 42
2
0 421 1041 
NO12 4,84
8,

P9 82
0
4
84
98







01

23567




9
7 2
1 512356 

 2377  !"#$$%&'()#6 * 22 +6,51-
   76**67 -5123.1 7 6 6/012
01235 - 73 -
1 -655 6 152 22 6*2 22/4 75
1 
51235 
/63 6755-366362   789:;<9=>>?@;A=B>8CB?D6 -2 *7 
5 3E   *  5 F6362   
G 7 2-6 22/6 67 2

1 267 7567-


37  3 631 
7 2512 67 /H75 
21-5123*
3 67 I53 - 2136713 7 2 
33767 5671 5/
J1 52*2  6
  F32
1 *2  6
G 1-3*1
 72 6 6

 67/
K3*1
677*2  6
2675675  1 * 
 
7 7 /L 26775 
6 67   2 2 3 631-26.16/4 51235 
5
2 52 17 52
1 52/L3 52-5-2F37
37G
3 *  - 6 176*37 /

M
01235 1-2*  363 22
7 67  712 3 6 2*26.16

/M67671 56
337I6**67  7  -512367 36 3 6 2*6 
-1 *
67 *
3 67 /65 3 631 
22
 76*3 6 2
-
5
267 7  /H71 6* , 1   7 1 5

7 1
67 71 6 25 12 /
012




56789
1 9 7 1 97
1297111
8 987  
7 99 7 !116 967 96 77 987 1 7 9676  79  1 97"1 
1  71 9 ! 71 761  96 1 616 76 
0127 9!
7971 9
879 7 98  #9 111 7 98"1 11 9 7

7
19 "97
19 "1 1 #7 616$ 9
879 7 98 %#7 &79!9 ! 17 ! 9887"
99 #
12 1 #7 &71989 79896751 9 7
12 97 !116 #616 967 
'#7661 7 #97 7  
7"9
121 7 9689  1 $ 7 16 #988 7 89 9!
7
727 7"
 9
129!#9 79#1 &16 98 1  7 16 #9   (9 7"78169 7" 161 198)
8171 17 1  97 "1 616$7 98 7 
571 9 71  1 97
129!
71767
! 9 6"886" 861  71 6 #78"##9!

7#6796*1 9 767
!99 #"89 "1 81+
, -.9+96
12
, /0 1 97
127 

.9+96
12


01213457891
  1
431
19444
7 341
  33471 
4
99 741341  33471  13 431
1431
7
  58
17 734
9 374431 
193 7
3
73 7 443134714 3
7 71
7317 71471345 37149478 71 
1 
  5437 
171
45514 
 4 3471 3 94913 43194913 43

9371 11

438174
 317  34 541
1431734
9 3714
7 31 547
41317147719 7  551
1431
17 944141341  
711
1713 3 171 31
1454 51
1 34
4
7 341  371314 

 24347 71 5437 
71 7 
1 3 3748 3!3
74
 7
4 71
349911 34721349994913"7
7891

4558 5713 
737 744

543
#194913 43 147 39444
73 7 
 $
179$  3394913 43 
41 
7 1394913 439134175851
7 1713794913

7474 19371 3 5 31%51 5437 
71
1431
4

1 5147719 7 4 47314734


9 371453148$
179$0179 1
431 31
191
2174 5 1
44317894558
1 393 717245171

4


17
471
 3
45513 
1315173 

 3471
4142878
99 7413 3455841  !3471
431
77
3  1 1
45

14
142878
99 7413
& 34 1 74137  1
43471455
 7

1

7 19795417 31
57713471
7317 71 74131

7317 4 1  71 7134
3471 4
1 7117744338 1 3171
7 9 3 91

74551
 24347 71 1 
71 11  313471 34558
1 3

994
7 3191
211
 7 448
 31 34721 393  7 45939
1

34
4
7 341 
714  393 717 3
99
  5 
45431  71
1
7345123 17
'7

#17  7155 4945517
(191 5 4514
91 
4171713
)*+,-.4/-0431
171

1
713414 58







0123456829

296  23 123 543 2  16  42 16866362341 64 16436 166 2363461
 64 261 6 43612 4 6314 241 2 
!"#$%#!&'#(&)#*
+ , 23 4 6 4829 23 123 5 543 41163263  1864 2 48 23861
4163 4 1413614 42634162 1362 5 3216 543 -2.6368296 44 2
4 14 163 5116634136/!&##0#01
+ ,2 1325829223 4 6 4 63623486829 23 123 5262321634486 16 46
1632 13258292  261 6  6 23 4 6 141436225632314868296 81436  146
4.423 223 23 364 6 63 1
+ ,122829  6 23433 5122 2 43 2 3  46163  6 4214 63641 23
23148  134163145 1 123456 23  146. 1 56  4  2323 36  236
2363 446 4228296 436 463 1381 364   5
829214  5456436216961612 3216116 32161  16829  631623
66
+ 4622 123456829 23122   1361 54 .436431.233 61 4 138294612
86256364 1 548611636  6144   5829233416723  1464829 5186
43 5 4638243829  1642 4233541682983 12864.226829. 14 46
3 464 16362363   1642 43634162 131 2, 123456829423421
4645623  2 14132161162161  16829 6623 4364 4
26 2146 56 416 2323 81 4263
29.22561  1 46 32 1 
63 2332631 6  234 413 51 162 829412512 632631 6 436694
 6 .643 5462341 6829
:
;
Walking beam conveyors
Walking beam conveyance offers the best solution for accurate movement and
positioning of packages. A walking beam sweeps backwards and forwards, whereby the
packages progress on the basis of the forward sweep. Parts shaped appropriately for the
packaging and a servo-controlled drive unit ensure the accuracy of the positioning.

A walking beam conveyor system can be used for all packages due to the
interchangeability of the shaped parts. Walking beam conveyors can also be converted from a
single line to a multiple line version. These features, in combination with a servo drive unit
create a conveyor system that can move any package at any speed over any given distance.

The walking beam conveyor is in first place on the list of hygienic conveyor concepts
for packaging. The conveyor has an open and accessible construction, which makes it simple
and easy to clean.

Almac Industrial Systems, the Ontario-based manufacturer of material handling


equipment, adds new product to the company's portfolio; a ‘Walking Beam’. Offered as an
automated transfer and storage bank with mechanically actuated transfer unit, the Walking
Beam is packed with unique features, including the exoskeleton frame, "walking beam"
suspension, and a drive train and track system.

When engineers think about synchronous automated assembly systems, they most
often picture rotary indexing dials or carousels. But, there is another synchronous automation
platform that should not be overlooked: the walking beam. A walking beam moves product
sequentially in straight-line steps. To advance the product, the beam usually engages them
from below, moving up, forward, down and back. In some cases, the beam contacts the
products from the side.

For speed and accuracy, the motion of the beam is most often generated by a rotating
camshaft powered by an electric motor or a roller movement in a profile powered by
hydraulic cylinder, explains Robert Austin, senior designer at Almac Industrial Systems,
(Aurora, ON). The beam's motion replicates an arm that rises and falls like a seesaw. These
machines are based on high performance servo technology and provide a stable & fast
transfer system for rigid containers where alternative in-line transfer systems such as rope or
chain conveyors are unsuitable. Filling options include high accuracy program forward
weight controlled filling, with facilities for vibration at fill points to compact difficult
products. The weighing is accomplished by load cells mounted on a fixed structure within the
path of the movable carriage of the walking beam conveyor or the load cells are built into the
carriage itself.

1
A walking-beam conveyor for the stepped conveyance of drums or similar conveyed
stock typically has at least one walking beam that is raised and lowered by lifters between
lateral support rails and is movable by at least one longitudinally effective actuator in the
longitudinal transport direction. Almac products use Allen Bradley micro logics 1000
compact processor with fixed I/O for controls but can also be customized to incorporate other
type of control systems. Preferably, such a walking-beam conveyor has a plurality of walking
beams arranged successively in the work piece-travel direction that are moved step-wise
downstream and upstream jointly. At the same time, the walking beams are jointly raised
while moving downstream and lowered while moving back such that the drums or the like
resting on the lateral support rails can be conveyed in steps in the work piece-travel direction.
A walking-beam conveyor of this type can be easily integrated as conveying equipment in
Mineral processing plants.

2
Industries that use conveyor system
• Conveyors are able to safely transport materials from one level to another, which when done by human
labor would be strenuous and expensive.
• They can be installed almost anywhere, and are much safer than using a forklift or other machine to move
materials.
• They can move loads of all shapes, sizes and weights. Also, many have advanced safety features that help
prevent accidents.
• There are a variety of options available for running conveying systems, including the hydraulic, mechanical
and fully automated systems, which are equipped to fit individual needs

DESIGN PRODUCT NEWS


Walking-beam conveyors allow multiple processes
By Murali Shivamuthulingam
Almac Industrial Systems, the Ontario-based manufacturer of material handling
equipment, adds new product to the company's portfolio; a ‘Walking Beam’.
Offered as an automated transfer and storage bank with mechanically actuated
transfer
unit, the Walking Beam is packed with unique features, including the exoskeleton
frame,
"walking beam" suspension, and a drive train and track system.
When engineers think about
synchronous automated assembly
systems, they most often picture rotary
indexing dials or carousels. But, there is
another synchronous automation
platform that should not be overlooked:
the walking beam.
A walking beam moves product
sequentially in straight-line steps. To
advance the product, the beam usually
engages them from below, moving up,
forward, down and back. In some cases,
the beam contacts the products from the
side.
The equipment shown is fitted with facilities for vibration at fill points for
compacting. For speed and accuracy, the motion of the beam is most often
generated by a rotating camshaft powered by an electric motor or a roller movement
in a profile powered by hydraulic cylinder, explains Robert Austin, senior designer at
Almac Industrial Systems, (Aurora, ON). The beam's motion replicates an arm that
rises and falls like a seesaw.
These machines are based on high performance servo technology and provide a
stable & fast transfer system for rigid containers where alternative in-line transfer
systems such as rope or chain conveyors are unsuitable. Filling options include high
accuracy program forward weight controlled filling, with facilities for vibration at fill
points to compact difficult products.

3
The weighing is accomplished by load cells mounted on a fixed structure within the
path of the movable carriage of the walking beam conveyor or the load cells are built
into the carriage itself.

2-Vibration stations
A walking-beam conveyor for the stepped conveyance of drums or similar conveyed
stock typically has at least one walking beam that is raised and lowered by lifters
between lateral support rails and is movable by at least one longitudinally effective
actuator in the longitudinal transport direction. Almac products use Allen Bradley
micro logics 1000 compact processor with fixed I/O for controls but can also be
customized to incorporate other type of control systems.
Preferably, such a walking-beam conveyor has a plurality of walking beams arranged
successively in the workpiece-travel direction that are moved step-wise downstream
and upstream jointly. At the same time, the walking beams are jointly raised while
moving downstream and lowered while moving back such that the drums or the like
resting on the lateral support rails can be conveyed in steps in the workpiece-travel
direction. A walking-beam conveyor of this type can be easily integrated as
conveying equipment in Mineral processing plants.

4
Fig 2&3:Specially designed conveyor using both rollers and chain transfer at the exit section of the
waking beam shown above.

5
Importance and scope of material handling

Material handling in addition to handling of materials in an industry is also


significant in terms of costs in overall operations because it is something that
is quite common to all manufacturers. But when once its nature is exposed it
may be difficult to overlook it as a major potential of effecting cost
reduction. Materials handling problems assume importance due to a number
of factors.

1. Various studies made in different industries indicate that the cost of


handling alone accounts for about 20-25% of total manufacturing costs. What
the cost in any particular industry may be is largely the result of the methods
and equipment used.-

2. It is usually found that each part is handled 50-60 times while it passes
through the chain of manufacture. Expressed in tons, it is found that on an
average 59 tons of material are handled for every ton of finished product.

3. Increased safety — Material handling account for 21% of the permanent


disabilities and over 25% of the temporary disabilities.

4. Reduce damage claims — Modern handling methods have paid off in the
reduction of damage in parts and materials.

5. Ease drudgery for men — Most of the jobs done by man handling are mere
drudgery for men in the first place. Some of the mechanized handling jobs
being done today would be a sheer physical impossibility for manual labor
within the present economic frame work.

6. The field of materials handling remains still to be fully to be fully explored.


Material handling techniques are not only industry’s biggest opportunity
— they are industry’s biggest necessity. Competition is beginning to force
this new technology upon industry.
Scope of Material handling:

Materials handling is spread over to many different industries and fields of


engineering,

Manufacturing
Manufacturing is the largest single field for applications of material handling
where a wide range of materials handling equipments are used.

Materials handling problems involve surveys, plant and equipment layouts,


routing, packaging and storage of materials.

Processing
Processing requires handling of bulk materials (like gases, liquids, semi-
liquids and bulk solids). Special handling problems affect the plant design.

Construction
Construction needs proper receiving, sorting, storing and moving materials.
In heavy construction projects, there is now a choice of special methods and
equipments of materials handling. It influences the civil engineers in project
planning.

Mining
In both underground mines and open pit operations, there is now a variety of
equipment for extraction, handling and transportation of coal and ore. Cost
of extracting the materials has been reduced to the minimum.

Power
Materials handling equipment for handling fuel and ash are needed.

Machine Tools
The design of many processing machines is influenced by the need for
integrating various material handling features or attachments to modern
machine mechanisms.

Truck building

1
The automotive engineer develops trucks and trailer as efficient materials
handling vehicles, designed for speedy loading and unloading, ensure cargo is
secured properly, and safe transportation of a variety of materials.

Rail road car builders


The above are involved in improved rail road cars, development of terminal
equipment, improvement in materials handling procedure for loading and
securing freight and transferring or unloading it at terminals.

Barge and Ship building


New handling devices and improved kinds of marine carriers are
manufactured in this industry.

Aircraft
Better cargo and storage methods for air transport where materials handling
is concerned.

Following are the main importance of material Handling:

• Different studies of the past pertaining to different industries indicated


that the handling costs alone accounts for ~20-25% of the entire
manufacturing costs, as the result of use of methods and equipment.
• It is generally found that each part component is handled about 50
times, passing through the manufacturing chain. Usually, about 59 tons
of materials are handled for every single ton of finished goods.
• Material handling ensures increased safety from permanent and
temporary disabilities.
• The methodology reduces claims for damages in parts and materials.

Material handling in the mechanised way relieves the drudgery for men
having had busy with man handling jobs.

The primary objective of a material handling system is to reduce the unit cost
of production. The other subordinate objectives are:

• Reduce manufacturing cycle time

• Reduce delays, and damage

2
• Promote safety and improve working conditions

• Maintain or improve product quality

• Promote productivity

- Material should flow in a straight line

- Material should move as short a distance as possible

- Use gravity

- Move more material at one time

- Automate material handling

• Promote increased use of facilities

- Promote the use of building cube

- Purchase versatile equipment

- Develop a preventive maintenance program

- Maximize the equipment utilization etc.

• Reduce tare weight

• Control inventory

3
Thrust breaks
Thrust reversal, also called reverse thrust, is the temporary
diversion of an aircraft engine's exhaust so that the exhaust
produced is directed forward, rather than aft. This acts against
the forward travel of the aircraft, providing deceleration. Thrust
reverser systems are featured on many jet aircraft to help slow
down just after touch-down, reducing wear on the brakes and
enabling shorter landing distances. Such devices affect the
aircraft significantly and are considered important for safe
operation by airlines. There have been accidents involving thrust
reversal systems.
Reverse thrust is also available on many propeller-driven aircraft
through reversing the controllable pitch propellers to a negative
angle. The equivalent concept for a ship is called astern
propulsion

Principle and uses


A landing roll consists of touchdown, bringing the aircraft to taxi speed, and eventually to a
complete stop. However, most commercial jet engines continue to produce thrust in the forward
direction, even when idle, acting against the deceleration of the plane.[1] The brakes of the
landing gear of most modern aircraft are sufficient in normal circumstances, but for safety
purposes, and to reduce the stress on the brakes,[2] another deceleration method is needed. In
scenarios involving bad weather, where factors like snow or rain on the runway reduce the
effectiveness of the brakes, and in emergencies like rejected take-offs, this need is more
pronounced.[3]

A simple and effective method is to reverse the direction of the exhaust stream of the jet engine
and use the power of the engine itself to decelerate. Ideally, the reversed exhaust stream would
be directed straight forward.[4] However, for aerodynamic reasons, this is not possible, and a 45°
angle is taken, resulting in less effectiveness than would otherwise be possible. Thrust reversal
can also be used in flight.[5] There are three common types of thrust reversing systems used on jet
engines: the target, clam-shell, and cold stream systems. Some propeller driven aircraft equipped
with variable pitch propellers can reverse thrust by changing the pitch of their propeller blades.
Most commercial jetliners have such devices, and it also has applications in military aviation.

Types of thrust reversal systems


Small aircraft typically do not have thrust reversal systems, except in specialized applications.
On the other hand, large aircraft (those weighing more than 12,500 lb) almost always have the
ability to reverse thrust.[citation needed] Reciprocating engine, turboprop and jet aircraft can all be
designed to include thrust reversal systems.

Propeller-driven aircraft

Variable pitch propellers of an EC-2 Hawkeye

Propeller-driven aircraft generate reverse thrust by changing the angle of their controllable pitch
propellers so that the propellers direct their thrust forward. This reverse thrust feature became
available with the development of controllable-pitch propellers, which change the angle of the
propeller blades to make efficient use of engine power over a wide range of conditions. Single-
engine aircraft tend not to have reverse thrust. However, single-engine turboprop aircraft such as
the PAC P-750 XSTOL, Cessna 208 Caravan, and Pilatus PC-6 Porter do have this feature
available

One special application of reverse thrust comes in its use on multi-engine seaplanes and flying
boats. These aircraft, when landing on water, have no conventional braking method and must
rely on slaloming and/or reverse thrust, as well as the drag of the water in order to slow or stop.
In addition, reverse thrust is often necessary for maneuvering on the water, where it is used to
make tight turns or even propel the aircraft in reverse, maneuvers which may prove necessary for
leaving a dock or beach.
Jet aircraft

On aircraft using jet engines, thrust reversal is accomplished by causing the jet blast to flow
forward. The engine does not run or rotate in reverse; instead, thrust reversing devices are used
to block the blast and redirect it forward. High bypass ratio engines reverse thrust by changing
the direction of the fan airflow, since the majority of thrust is generated by this section, as
opposed to the core. There are three jet engine thrust reversal systems in common use

Target type

Target 'bucket' thrust reverser deployed on the Tay engines of a Fokker 100

The target system uses a set of hydraulically-operated 'bucket' type doors to reverse the hot gas
stream; in normal thrust mode, these doors form a convergent-divergent final nozzle for the
engine. In the original implementation of this system, on the Boeing 707, two reverser buckets
are hinged so that when they deploy, they intrude into the exhaust of the engine, capturing and
reorienting the jet blast. This type of reverser is usually clearly visible at the rear of the engine
during use.

Clam-shell type

The clam-shell door, or cascade, system is pneumatically-operated. When activated, the doors
rotate to open the ducts and close the normal exit, causing the thrust to be directed forward.The
cascade thrust reverser is commonly used on turbofan engines. On turbojet engines, this system
would be less effective than the target system, as the cascade system only makes use of the
turbine airflow and does not affect the main engine core, which continues to produce thrust.

Cold stream type


Pivoting-door thrust reversal seen on the CFM-56 engines of an Airbus A340-300

In addition to the two types used on turbojet and low-bypass turbofan engines, a third type of
thrust reverser is found on some high-bypass turbofan engines. Doors in the bypass duct are used
to redirect the air that is accelerated by the engine's fan section but does not pass through the
combustion chamber (called bypass air) such that it provides reverse thrust.[3] The cold stream
reverser system is activated by an air motor. During normal operation, the reverse thrust vanes
are blocked. On selection, the system folds the doors to block off the cold stream final nozzle
and redirect this airflow to the cascade vanes. This system can redirect both the exhaust flow of
the fan and of the core.

The cold stream system is known for structural integrity, reliability, and versatility. During thrust
reverser activation, a sleeve mounted around the perimeter of the engine nacelle moves aft to
expose cascade vanes which act to redirect the engine fan flow. This thrust reverser system can
be heavy and difficult to integrate into nacelles housing large engines.

Operation

Reverse thrust levers forward of the main levers, seen on a Boeing 747-8

In most cockpit setups, reverse thrust is set when the thrust levers are on idle and by pulling them
further back. Reverse thrust is typically applied immediately after touchdown, often along with
spoilers, to improve deceleration early in the landing roll when residual aerodynamic lift and
high speed limit the effectiveness of the brakes located on the landing gear. Reverse thrust is
always selected manually, either using levers attached to the thrust levers or moving the thrust
levers into a reverse thrust 'gate'.

The early deceleration provided by reverse thrust can reduce landing roll by a quarter or
more.Regulations dictate, however, that a plane must be able to land on a runway without the use
of thrust reversal in order to be certified to land there as part of scheduled airline service.
Once the aircraft's speed has slowed, reverse thrust is shut down to prevent the reversed airflow
from throwing debris in front of the engine intakes where it can be ingested, causing foreign
object damage. If circumstances require it, reverse thrust can be used all the way to a stop, or
even to provide thrust to push the aircraft backward, though aircraft tugs or towbars are more
commonly used for that purpose. When reverse thrust is used to push an aircraft back from the
gate, the maneuver is called a powerback.

If the full power of reverse thrust is not desirable, thrust reverse can be operated with the throttle
set at less than full power, even down to idle power, which reduces stress and wear on engine
components. Reverse thrust is sometimes selected on idling engines to eliminate residual thrust,
in particular in icy or slick conditions, or when the engines' jet blast could cause damage

In-flight operation

A vortex made visible as powerback is used on a Boeing C-17

Some aircraft are able to safely use reverse thrust in flight, though the majority of these are
propeller-driven. Many commercial aircraft cannot use reverse thrust in flight. Exceptions
include Russian and Soviet aircraft that are able to reverse thrust in flight (mostly before
touchdown). In-flight use of reverse thrust has several advantages. It allows for rapid
deceleration, enabling quick changes of speed. It also prevents the speed build-up normally
associated with steep dives, allowing for rapid loss of altitude, which can be especially useful in
hostile environments such as combat zones, and when making steep approaches to land.

The Hawker Siddeley Trident, a 120- to 180-seat airliner, was capable of descending at up to
10,000 ft/min (3,050 m/min) by use of reverse thrust, though this capability was rarely used.
Concorde could use reverse thrust in the air to increase the rate of descent. Only the inboard
engines are used, and the engines are placed in reverse idle only when subsonic and below
30,000 ft. This will increase the rate of descent to around 10,000 fpm. The US Air Force's C-17A
is one of the few modern aircraft that uses reverse thrust in flight. The Boeing-manufactured
aircraft is capable of in-flight deployment of reverse thrust on all four engines to facilitate steep
tactical descents up to 15,000 ft/min (4,600 m/min) into combat environments (a descent rate of
just over 170 mph, or 274 km/h). The Saab 37 Viggen (retired in November 2005) also had the
ability to use reverse thrust before landing, allowing many Swedish roads to double as wartime
runways.
The Shuttle Training Aircraft, a highly modified Grumman Gulfstream II, uses reverse thrust in
flight to help simulate Space Shuttle aerodynamics so astronauts can practice landings. A similar
technique was employed on a modified Tupolev Tu-154 which simulated the Russian Buran
space shuttle. Effectiveness

The amount of thrust and power generated are proportional to the speed of the plane, making
reverse thrust more effective at high speeds. For maximum effectiveness, it should be applied
quickly after touchdown. If activated at low speeds, foreign object damage is possible. There is
some danger of a plane with thrust reversers applied momentarily leaving the ground again due
to both the effect of the reverse thrust and the nose-up pitch effect from the spoilers. For planes
susceptible to such an occurrence, pilots must take care to achieve a firm position on the ground
before applying reverse thrust. If applied before the nose-wheel is in contact with the ground,
there is a chance of asymmetric deployment causing an uncontrollable yaw towards the side of
higher thrust, as steering the plane with the nose wheel is the only way to maintain control of the
direction of travel in this situation.

Reverse thrust mode is used only for a fraction of aircraft operating time but affects it greatly in
terms of design, weight, maintenance, performance, and cost. Penalties are significant but
necessary since it provides stopping force for added safety margins, directional control during
landing rolls, and aids in rejected take-offs and ground operations on contaminated runways
where normal braking effectiveness is diminished. Airlines consider thrust reverser systems a
vital part of reaching a maximum level of aircraft operating safety.

Safety cranks

Spring loaded safety crank (Sifeku)

For particularly safe application


• Without pawl

• Silent

• Recoil proof

• Maintenance-free

• Totally enclosed

• Weather and temperature resis t ant

• Braking effect at both ends

• The load is held safely at every height, in the pushing and pulling direction.

• Approved by the TÜV as an independent crank

• With folding handle

Arm length 250 mm


• Square drive 17 mm

• Max. drive torque 60 Nm (braking torque)

55

A range of safety cranks used when hand-driven mechanisms require a brake and handle;
examples are spec ially designed winches or jacks.

Available in stainless steel – SIN type.

BRAKED SAFETY CRANK

Steel crank with folding handle, spring operated load pressure brake which

is silent in operation and w eather resistant if regularly greased.

Crank has infinitely adjustable movement with very responsive brake initiation.

Does not require a ratchet assembly.

• Radius – 250mm

• Square drive of either 14mm or 17mm

• Braking torque – 70 Nm

This is a brake hub unit from the DS 250 without crank designed for use with

shaft driven equipment

• Also available for motorised actuation at low speed - please consult us

The crank is used with a spring loaded double acting ratchet assembly (not show n),

suitable for indoor or outdo or applications on request.

The crank is of forged steel with folding handle and in corporates two conical

nylon or brass brake discs which act as a friction assembly, dependant on

the duty required and the a pplication.

Two units are available with 250mm or 300mm radius cranks.


• S250: 14 or 17mm square mounting – 70 Nm Torque

• S300: 14 or 17mm square mounting – 168 Nm Torque

This crank is in stainless steel material and works with a separate

single part ratchet assembly

It is suitable for application s such as hand winches

The crank has either a 14 or a 17mm square mounting hole and a

250mm radius crank

• Rated torque: 70 Nm

DS 250 CRANK

AVAILABLE IN UNPAINTED, PAINTED OR PLATED FINISH

DSK 250 BRAKE

AVAILABLE IN UNPAINTED, PAINTED OR PLATED FINISH

SIKU CRANK: S250/S300

AVAILABLE IN UNPAINTED, PAINTED OR PLATED FINISH

SIN 250 CRANK

STAINLESS STEEL

Hand crank
Hand-powered cranks

• Mechanical pencil sharpener


• Fishing reel and other reels for cables, wires, ropes, etc.
• Manually operated car window
• The crank set that drives a trikke through its handles.
• The carpenter's brace is a compound crank.

Foot-powered cranks

• The crankset that drives a bicycle via the pedals.


• Treadle sewing machine

Engines

Almost all reciprocating engines use cranks (with connecting rods) to transform the back-and-
forth motion of the pistons into rotary motion. The cranks are incorporated into a crankshaft.

Mechanics
The displacement of the end of the connecting rod is approximately proportional to the cosine of
the angle of rotation of the crank, when it is measured from top dead center (TDC). So the
reciprocating motion created by a steadily rotating crank and connecting rod is approximately
simple harmonic motion:

where x is the distance of the end of the connecting rod from the crank axle, l is the length of the
connecting rod, r is the length of the crank, and α is the angle of the crank measured from top
dead center (TDC). Technically, the reciprocating motion of the connecting rod departs slightly
from sinusoidal motion due to the changing angle of the connecting rod during the cycle. This
difference becomes significant in high-speed engines, which may need balance shafts to reduce
the vibration due to this "secondary harmonic imbalance".

The mechanical advantage of a crank, the ratio between the force on the connecting rod and the
torque on the shaft, varies throughout the crank's cycle. The relationship between the two is
approximately:

where is the torque and F is the force on the connecting rod. For a given force on the crank, the
torque is maximum at crank angles of α = 90° or 270° from TDC. When the crank is driven by
the connecting rod, a problem arises when the crank is at top dead centre (0°) or bottom dead
centre (180°). At these points in the crank's cycle, a force on the connecting rod causes no torque
on the crank. Therefore if the crank is stationary and happens to be at one of these two points, it
cannot be started moving by the connecting rod. For this reason, in steam locomotives, whose
wheels are driven by cranks, the two connecting rods are attached to the wheels at points 90°
apart, so that regardless of the position of the wheels when the engine starts, at least one
connecting rod will be able to exert torque to start the train.

You might also like